AWS D14 6 - Welding of rotating elements of equipament

Prévia do material em texto

Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reproduced by Global Engineering Documents 
With the Permission of AWS Under Royalty Agreement 
550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
An American National Standard
Approved by
American National Standards Institute
October 22, 2004
Specification for
Welding of Rotating
Elements of Equipment
3rd Edition
Supersedes ANSI/AWS D14.6-96
Prepared by
AWS D14 Committee on Machinery and Equipment
Under the Direction of
AWS Technical Activities Committee
Approved by
AWS Board of Directors
Abstract
This standard establishes material and workmanship standards for manufacturers, fabricators, repair organizations,
purchasers, and owner/operators of rotating equipment which are fabricated or repaired by welding. Included are sections
defining process qualifications, operator qualifications, quality control, inspection requirements, and repair requirements.
Key Words—Wrought and cast materials, rotating 
equipment, welding fabrication, 
welding inspection, weld modification 
and repair
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Statement on Use of AWS American National Standards
All standards (codes, specifications, recommended practices, methods, classifications, and guides) of the American
Welding Society (AWS) are voluntary consensus standards that have been developed in accordance with the rules of the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI). When AWS standards are either incorporated in, or made part of,
documents that are included in federal or state laws and regulations, or the regulations of other governmental bodies,
their provisions carry the full legal authority of the statute. In such cases, any changes in those AWS standards must be
approved by the governmental body having statutory jurisdiction before they can become a part of those laws and
regulations. In all cases, these standards carry the full legal authority of the contract or other document that invokes the
AWS standards. Where this contractual relationship exists, changes in or deviations from requirements of an AWS
standard must be by agreement between the contracting parties.
International Standard Book Number: 0-87171-718-2
American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126
© 2005 by American Welding Society. All rights reserved
Printed in the United States of America
AWS American National Standards are developed through a consensus standards development process that brings
together volunteers representing varied viewpoints and interests to achieve consensus. While AWS administers the process
and establishes rules to promote fairness in the development of consensus, it does not independently test, evaluate, or
verify the accuracy of any information or the soundness of any judgments contained in its standards.
AWS disclaims liability for any injury to persons or to property, or other damages of any nature whatsoever, whether spe-
cial, indirect, consequential or compensatory, directly or indirectly resulting from the publication, use of, or reliance on this
standard. AWS also makes no guaranty or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information published herein.
In issuing and making this standard available, AWS is not undertaking to render professional or other services for or on
behalf of any person or entity. Nor is AWS undertaking to perform any duty owed by any person or entity to someone
else. Anyone using these documents should rely on his or her own independent judgment or, as appropriate, seek the advice
of a competent professional in determining the exercise of reasonable care in any given circumstances.
This standard may be superseded by the issuance of new editions. Users should ensure that they have the latest edition.
Publication of this standard does not authorize infringement of any patent or trade name. Users of this standard accept
any and all liabilities for infringement of any patent or trade name items. AWS disclaims liability for the infringement of
any patent or product trade name resulting from the use of this standard.
Finally, AWS does not monitor, police, or enforce compliance with this standard, nor does it have the power to do so.
On occasion, text, tables, or figures are printed incorrectly, constituting errata. Such errata, when discovered, are posted
on the AWS web page (www.aws.org).
Official interpretations of any of the technical requirements of this standard may only be obtained by sending a request, in writ-
ing, to the Managing Director, Technical Services Division, American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL
33126 (see Annex A). With regard to technical inquiries made concerning AWS standards, oral opinions on AWS standards
may be rendered. However, such opinions represent only the personal opinions of the particular individuals giving them. These
individuals do not speak on behalf of AWS, nor do these oral opinions constitute official or unofficial opinions or interpreta-
tions of AWS. In addition, oral opinions are informal and should not be used as a substitute for an official interpretation.
This standard is subject to revision at any time by the AWS D14 Committee on Machinery and Equipment. It must be
reviewed every five years, and if not revised, it must be either reaffirmed or withdrawn. Comments (recommendations,
additions, or deletions) and any pertinent data that may be of use in improving this standard are required and should be
addressed to AWS Headquarters. Such comments will receive careful consideration by the AWS D14 Committee on
Machinery and Equipment and the author of the comments will be informed of the Committee’s response to the
comments. Guests are invited to attend all meetings of the AWS D14 Committee on Machinery and Equipment to
express their comments verbally. Procedures for appeal of an adverse decision concerning all such comments are
provided in the Rules of Operation of the Technical Activities Committee. A copy of these Rules can be obtained from
the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126.
Photocopy Rights
Authorization to photocopy items for internal, personal, or educational classroom use only, or the internal, personal, or
educational classroom use only of specific clients, is granted by the American Welding Society (AWS) provided that the
appropriate fee is paid to the Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, Tel: 978-750-8400;
online: http://www.copyright.com.
ii
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
iii
Personnel
AWS D14 Committee on Machinery and Equipment
J. L. Warren, Chair CNH America LLC
D. J. Malito, 1st Vice Chair Girard Machine Company, Incorporated
L. L. Schweinegruber, 2nd Vice Chair Robinson Industries, Incorporated
P. Howe, Secretary American Welding Society
D. B. Ashley Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection & Insurance Company
G. L. Babb Chubb Insurance Company
B. K. Banzhaf CNH America LLC
P. W. Cameron Crenlo, Incorporated
P. Collins WeldCon Engineering
*R. T. Hemzacek Consultant
B. D. Horn Consultant
D. J. Landon Vermeer Manufacturing Company
T. J. Landon Chicago Bridge & Iron Company
M. R. Malito Girard Machine Company, Incorporated
*G. W. Martens Grove Worldwide, Incorporated, Manitowoc Crane Group
D. C. Martinez Danmar Engineering Company, Incorporated
A. R. Mellini Mellini & Associates, Incorporated
*H. W. Mishler Consultant
R. E. Munson M&M Engineering
J. G. Nelson Northrup Grumman
A. R. Olsen ARO Testing, Incorporated
*P. J. Palzkill Consultant
C. R. Reynolds John Deere and CompanyW. A. Svekric Welding Consultants, Incorporated
E. G. Yevick Weld-Met International, Incorporated
*V. R. Zegers R. E. Technical Services, Incorporated
AWS D14G Subcommittee on Welding of Rotating Equipment
L. L. Schweinegruber, Chair Robinson Industries, Incorporated
P. Howe, Secretary American Welding Society
*G. E. Cossaboom Consultant
*R. D. Cutcher TLT-Babcock, Incorporated
E. Hartman TLT-Babcock, Incorporated
*R. L. Holdren Edison Welding Institute
*W. B. Keyser WBK Engineering Associates
R. E. Munson M&M Engineering, Incorporated
R. F. Rose Howden Buffalo, Incorporated
D. R. Wisner Cinergy Corporation
E. G. Yevick Weld-Met International Group
*Advisor
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This page is intentionally blank.
iv
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Foreword
(This Foreword is not a part of AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005, Specification for Welding of
Rotating Elements of Equipment, but is included for informational purposes only.)
This is the third edition of the D14.6 specification. AWS first published the specification for Welding of Rotating Ele-
ments of Equipment in 1981 to provide a welding specification that would apply to dynamic applications that have welded
rotating elements. Rotating elements can range from a few inches in diameter to over 200 inches [5 m] in diameter. This
specification is directed toward (but not limited to) crushers, fans, impellers, centrifugal impellers, kilns, and pulpers. By
definition, the types of equipment covered by the specification are numerous and varied. The specifications that were used
prior to this specification were ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code in part or in whole and AWS D1.1, Structural
Welding Code–Steel. AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005 utilizes information from these codes. The sections on design have been
omitted. It is felt that a separate study of how practices do or should differ in design of welding rotating equipment from
those published for stationary structures is needed. Such a study was beyond the scope of this subcommittee.
This edition makes use of both the U.S. Customary Units and the International System of Units (SI). The measure-
ments are not exact equivalents; therefore each system must be used independently of the other, without combining in
any way. In selecting rational metric units the Metric Practice Guide for the Welding Industry (AWS A1.1) is used
where suitable. Tables and figures make use of both U.S. Customary and SI Units, which, with the application of the
specified tolerances, provides for interchange ability of products in both the U.S. Customary and SI Units. Some mea-
surements or tolerances, well established by manufacturers in the industry, require more rational standardization. There-
fore, some preferred numbers have been selected and are used to be consistent with those requirements.
No restrictions are placed on the use of any welding process or procedure provided the weld produced by the process
meets the qualification requirements of the specification. No attempt is made to limit or restrict technology progression
on the Welding of Rotating Elements, nor should any such limitation be inferred. Similarly no limitation is intended on
the use of any base metal, weld joint preparation, or welding consumable capable of being qualified.
Comments and suggestions for the improvement of this standard are welcome. They should be sent to the Secretary,
AWS D14 Committee on Rotating Elements of Equipment, American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road,
Miami, FL 33126.
Official interpretations of any of the technical requirements of this standard may only be obtained by sending a
request, in writing, to the Managing Director, Technical Services Division, American Welding Society. A formal reply
will be issued after it has been reviewed by the appropriate personnel following established procedures.
v
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
This page is intentionally blank.
vi
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Table of Contents
Page No.
Personnel .................................................................................................................................................................... iii
Foreword ......................................................................................................................................................................v
List of Tables ...............................................................................................................................................................ix
List of Figures...............................................................................................................................................................x
1. Scope .....................................................................................................................................................................1
2. Normative References ...........................................................................................................................................1
3. Definitions and General Provisions.......................................................................................................................2
3.1 Definitions ...................................................................................................................................................2
3.2 Application and Requirements ....................................................................................................................3
3.3 Responsibilities............................................................................................................................................3
4. Materials................................................................................................................................................................3
4.1 Base Metals..................................................................................................................................................3
4.2 Welding Electrodes, Filler Metals, and Consumables.................................................................................4
5. Welding Processes.................................................................................................................................................4
6. Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification..............................................................................................6
Part A—General Requirements ....................................................................................................................................6
6.1 Scope............................................................................................................................................................6
6.2 Responsibility for Welding..........................................................................................................................6
6.3 Weld Orientation .........................................................................................................................................6
6.4 Test Positions for Groove Welds.................................................................................................................66.5 Test Positions for Fillet Welds ....................................................................................................................8
6.6 Types and Purposes of Mechanical Tests and Examinations ....................................................................11
6.7 Tension Tests .............................................................................................................................................11
6.8 Guided Bend Test ......................................................................................................................................15
6.9 Notch-Toughness Tests .............................................................................................................................18
Part B—Procedure Qualification...............................................................................................................................22
6.10 General Requirements ...............................................................................................................................22
6.11 Preparation of Test Joint............................................................................................................................26
Part C—Performance Qualification...........................................................................................................................30
6.12 Performance Qualification Tests ...............................................................................................................30
6.13 Type of Test Required ...............................................................................................................................32
6.14 Essential Variables for Qualifying Welders and Welding Operators........................................................33
6.15 Qualification Test Joints ............................................................................................................................39
6.16 Retests........................................................................................................................................................40
6.17 Renewal of Qualification...........................................................................................................................40
Part D—Welding Process Variables ..........................................................................................................................40
6.18 General.......................................................................................................................................................40
6.19 Special Processes .......................................................................................................................................43
vii
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Page No.
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
7. Fabrication Requirements ...................................................................................................................................44
7.1 General.......................................................................................................................................................44
7.2 Preparation of Base Metal .........................................................................................................................44
7.3 Assembly ...................................................................................................................................................45
7.4 Weld Surface Conditions...........................................................................................................................45
7.5 Corrections.................................................................................................................................................47
7.6 Peening ......................................................................................................................................................47
7.7 Preheat and Postweld Heat Treatment.......................................................................................................48
8. Inspection and Quality Control ...........................................................................................................................50
8.1 General Requirements ...............................................................................................................................50
8.2 Examination and Inspection ......................................................................................................................50
8.3 Obligations of the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization ......................................................50
8.4 Nondestructive Testing..............................................................................................................................51
8.5 Preparation and Disposition of Reports.....................................................................................................51
9. Modification and Repair......................................................................................................................................51
9.1 Scope..........................................................................................................................................................51
9.2 Qualification ..............................................................................................................................................51
9.3 Removal of Metal ......................................................................................................................................51
9.4 Repair of Type of Defect ...........................................................................................................................51
9.5 Peening ......................................................................................................................................................52
9.6 Postweld Heat Treatment...........................................................................................................................52
9.7 Temper Bead..............................................................................................................................................52
9.8 Cleaning.....................................................................................................................................................52
9.9 Testing and Inspection...............................................................................................................................52
Mandatory Annexes ....................................................................................................................................................53
Annex I — Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualification.....................................................53
Annex II — Listing of Base Metals by Specification Number ..................................................................................129
Nonmandatory Annexes............................................................................................................................................175
Annex A — Guidelines for Preparation of Technical Inquiries for AWS Technical Committees ............................175
Annex B — Sample Forms ........................................................................................................................................177
Annex C — Quality Control System .........................................................................................................................185
Annex D — Inspection Methods ...............................................................................................................................187
List of AWS Documents on Machinery and Equipment............................................................................................211viii
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
List of Tables
Table Page No.
1 F-Number Grouping of Welding Electrodes or Filler Metals for Qualification ............................................4
2 Permitted Welding Processes.........................................................................................................................6
3 Welding Procedure Process Variables .........................................................................................................23
4 Procedure Qualification Specimens for Groove Welds ...............................................................................26
5 Procedure Qualification—Production Welding Positions Qualified by Plate and Pipe Tests .....................30
6 Essential Variables for Welder Performance Qualification .........................................................................33
7 Test Specimens for Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators ..................................34
8 Welder Qualification—Production Welding Positions Qualified by Plate and Pipe Test Welds................38
9 Allowable Base Metals for Performance Qualification ...............................................................................39
10 Allowable Filler Metals for Performance Qualification ..............................................................................39
11 A-Number Classification of Weld Metal Analysis for Procedure Qualification .........................................41
I-1 Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualification ........................................................54
II-1 Listing of Base Metals by Specification Number ......................................................................................129
D1 Penetrameter Requirements .......................................................................................................................190
D2 Wire Image Quality Indicators (IQI) Requirements ..................................................................................191
D3 Examples of Acceptance Indications .........................................................................................................195
D4 Ultrasonic Procedure Testing Angle ..........................................................................................................208
D5 Ultrasonic Acceptance and Rejection Criteria ...........................................................................................210
ix
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
List of Figures
Figure Page No.
1 Limits of Welding Positions for Groove Welds.............................................................................................7
2 Welding Test Positions—Plate Groove Welds ..............................................................................................8
3 Welding Test Positions—Pipe Groove Welds ...............................................................................................9
4 Limits of Welding Positions for Fillet Welds ..............................................................................................10
5A Welding Test Positions for Plate Fillet Welds .............................................................................................11
5B Welding Test Positions for Pipe Fillet Welds ..............................................................................................12
6A Tension Test Specimens—Test Plate...........................................................................................................13
6B Tension Test Specimens—Test Pipe 2 in. [50 mm] and 3 in. [75 mm] Diameters .....................................13
6C Tension Test Specimens—Test Pipe 6 in. [150 mm] and 8 in. [200 mm] Diameters .................................14
6D Tension Test Specimens—Cylindrical Test Bar for All-Weld-Metal and Crossweld Tensile Specimens ...14
6E Tension Test Specimens—Typical Locations for Multiple Specimens.......................................................15
7 Transverse Side Bend Specimens ................................................................................................................16
8 Transverse Face and Root Bend Specimens ................................................................................................17
9 Longitudinal Face and Root Bend Specimens .............................................................................................18
10A Jigs for Guided Bend Test—Standard Test Fixture .....................................................................................19
10B Jigs for Guided Bend Test—Alternate Wrap-Around Guided Bend Test Fixture.......................................20
10C Jigs for Guided Bend Test—Alternate Roller-Equipped Guided Bend Test Fixture for
Bottom Ejection of Test Specimens.............................................................................................................21
11 Test Specimen Layout for Procedure Qualification.....................................................................................27
12 Fillet Weld Soundness Test for Procedure Qualification.............................................................................29
13A Location of Cladding Test Specimens .........................................................................................................31
13B Weld Cladding Side Bend Specimens .........................................................................................................31
13C Weld Cladding and Hardfacing Chemical Analysis Specimens ..................................................................32
14 Test Specimen Layout for Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators .......................35
15A Fillet Weld Test Specimen Layout for Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators ....37
15B Method of Applying Load on Fillet-Weld Break-Test Specimen................................................................37
16 Acceptable and Unacceptable Weld Profiles ...............................................................................................46
17 Pneumatic Hammer Peening........................................................................................................................48
D1 Radiographic Identification and Penetrameter or Wire IQI Locations on Approximately
Equal-Thickness Joints 10 in. [250 mm] and Greater in Length ...............................................................192
D2 Radiographic Identification and Penetrameter or Wire IQI Locations on Approximately
Equal-Thickness Joints Less Than 10 in. [250 mm] in Length .................................................................192
D3 Radiographic Identification and Penetrameter or Wire IQI Locations on Transition Joints
10 in. [250 mm] and Greater in Length .....................................................................................................193
D4 Radiographic Identification and Penetrameter or Wire IQI Locations on Transition Joints
Less Than 10 in. [250 mm] in Length........................................................................................................193
D5 Examples of Aligned Rounded Indications ...............................................................................................196
D6 Examples of Groups of Aligned Rounded Indications ..............................................................................196
D7 Charts for Thickness Equal to 1/8 in. [3 mm] to 1/4 in. [6 mm], Inclusive ...............................................197
D8 Charts for Thickness Over 1/4 in. [6 mm]to 3/8 in. [10 mm], Inclusive ..................................................197
D9 Charts for Thickness Over 3/8 in. [10 mm] to 3/4 in. [20 mm], Inclusive ................................................198
D10 Charts for Thickness Over 3/4 in. [20 mm] to 2 in. [50 mm], Inclusive ...................................................199
D11 Charts for Thickness Over 2 in. [50 mm] to 4 in. [100 mm], Inclusive.....................................................200
D12 Charts for Thickness Over 4 in. [100 mm] ................................................................................................201
D13 RC—Resolution Reference Block in Inches and Millimeters ...................................................................203
D14 Typical Transducer Positions.....................................................................................................................205
D15 Plan View of UT Scanning Patterns ..........................................................................................................207
x
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Specification for Welding of
Rotating Elements of Equipment
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
1. Scope
This specification establishes minimum acceptable
requirements for weld joint detail and fabrication by
welding of rotating elements in new equipment. This
specification also applies to the modification or repair by
welding of rotating elements in existing equipment.
Equipment types covered by this specification include,
but are not limited to: crushers, fans, gears, crankshafts,
flywheels, centrifugal impellers, kilns, air moving
devices, and blowers. The intent of this specification is
not to include steam or combustion turbine rotors or
blading, camshafts, or power transmission shafts. This
specification also applies to such products and proce-
dures that are agreed to by the Manufacturer, Fabricator,
or Repair Organization and the Owner.
Requirements contained herein are not intended to
nullify or void the requirements of any law or govern-
mental agency regulation or other codes applied to com-
ponents. Additional requirements may be invoked by
contract documents. The specification establishes the
minimum acceptable practice at the time of its publica-
tion. It is not intended to restrict new developments or in
any way to inhibit advances in the art and science of
welding.
This specification is intended to promote the following:
(1) High quality construction and repair of welded
rotating elements of equipment,
(2) Adequate initial and sustained performance of
welded rotating elements of equipment,
(3) Personnel safety,
(4) Clear, concise fabrication practices that will be
readily understood by the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or
Repair Organization, Fabricator, Owner, and user, and
(5) Conservation of human and material resources in
the fabrication of welded rotating elements of equipment.
This specification makes use of both U.S. Customary
Units and the International System of Units (SI). These
measurements may not be exact equivalents; therefore
each system must be used independently of the other
without combining in any way. The specification with
1
the designation D14.6 uses U.S. Customary Units. The
specification D14.6M uses SI Units. The latter are shown
in appropriate columns in tables or within brackets [ ]
when used in the text.
Safety and health issues and concerns are beyond the
scope of this standard, and therefore are not fully
addressed herein. Safety and health information is avail-
able from other sources, including, but not limited to
ANSI Z49.1, Safety in Welding, Cutting, and Allied Pro-
cesses, and applicable federal and state regulations.
2. Normative References
The following standards contain provisions which,
through reference in this text, constitute provisions of
this AWS Standard. For undated references, the latest
edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated
references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of,
any of these publications do not apply.
AISI Steel Specifications1
AISI no longer publishes steel specifications. Infor-
mation on former AISI grades can be obtained at
www.iss.org.
ASTM Standards2
(1) ASTM E 94, Guide for Radiographic Testing
(2) ASTM E 164, Recommended Practices for Ultra-
sonic Contact Examination of Weldments
(3) ASTM E 165, Standard Recommended Practice
for the Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method
(4) ASTM E 317, Practice for Evaluating Perfor-
mance Characteristics of Pulse-Echo Ultrasonic Testing
Systems without the Use of Electronic Measurement
Instruments
1. AISI documents can be obtained at www.iss.org.
2. ASTM documents can be obtained from the American
Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM International, 100
Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA
19428, www.astm.org.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(5) ASTM E 709, Practice for Magnetic Particle
Examination
(6) ASTM E 747, Practice for Design, Manufacture,
and Material Grouping Classification of Wire Image
Indicators (IQI) Used for Radiology
(7) ASTM E 1025, Standard Practice for Design,
Manufacture, and Material Grouping Classification of
Hole-Type Image Quality Indicators (IQI) Used for
Radiology
(8) ASTM E 1316, Terminology for Nondestructive
Examinations
ASME Standards3
(1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
(a) Section V, Nondestructive Examination
(b) Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels
(c) Section IX, Qualification Standard for Weld-
ing and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, Welding
and Brazing Operators
(2) ASME B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt
Welding Fittings
(3) ASME B16.11, Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding
and Threaded
(4) ASME B16.28, Wrought Steel Butt Welding Short
Radius Elbows and Returns
(5) ASME B31.1, Power Piping
(6) ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Rough-
ness, Waviness and Lay
AWS Standards4
(1) AWS A1.1, Metric Practice Guide for the Weld-
ing Industry
(2) AWS A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Braz-
ing, and Nondestructive Examination
(3) AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Defini-
tions
(4) AWS A5.X, For pertinent A5 electrode standards,
see Table 1.
(5) AWS B2.1, Specification for Welding Procedure
and Performance Qualification
(6) AWS B4.0 and B4.0M, Standard Methods for
Mechanical Testing of Welds
(7) AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code—Steel
(8) ANSI Z49.1, Safety in Welding, Cutting, and
Allied Processes
(9) AWS QC1, Standard for AWS Certification of
Welding Inspectors
3. ASME documents can be obtained from the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY
10016.
4. AWS documents are published by the American Welding
Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126 and can be
obtained from Global Engineering Documents, 15 Inverness
Way East, Englewood, CO 80112-5776, www.global.ihs.com.
2
ASNT Standards5
(1) ASNT CP-189, Qualification and Certification of
Nondestructive Testing Personnel
(2) SNT TC-1A, Recommended Practice, Personnel,
Qualification and Certification in Nondestructive Testing
CSA Standard6
(1) W178.2, Certification of Welding Inspectors
Military Standard7
(1) MIL-STD-2035A, Nondestructive Testing Accep-
tance Criteria
SAE Standard8
(1) SAE AMS-S-13165, Shot Peening of Metal Parts
3. Definitions and General Provisions
3.1 Definitions. All of the terms listed in this section are
used in various parts of this document and require defini-
tion for correct interpretation of the text. Most of these
terms are not contained in AWS A3.0, Standard Welding
Terms and Definitions.
A-numbers. A classification system of weld metal anal-
ysis used for procedure qualification.
Buyer or Owner. Theperson, company, or agency that
purchases the rotating equipment.
Engineer. The responsible technical authority.
F-numbers. A grouping of electrodes and welding rods
based on their usability characteristics, which fun-
damentally determine the ability of welders to make
satisfactory welds with a given filler metal. This
grouping system is used to reduce the number of
welding procedure and performance qualifications
where this can logically be done.
Fabricator. The person, shop, or agency performing the
actual welding. The person may be employed by the
5. Documents can be obtained from American Society for Non-
destructive Testing (ASNT), 1711 Arlingate Lane, P.O. Box
28518, Columbus, OH 43228-0518.
6. Documents can be obtained from Canadian Standards Asso-
ciation (CSA), 178 Rexdale Blvd. Toronto, Ontario,
M9W 1R3, Canada.
7. Document can be obtained from Global Engineering Docu-
ments, 15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112-5776,
www.global.ihs.com.
8. Document can be obtained from the Society of Automotive
Engineers, SAE World Headquarters, 400 Commonwealth
Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096-0001 USA, http://www.sae.org/
servlets/index.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Manufacturer’s company or the Fabricator may be an
independent shop doing work on a subcontract basis.
Inspector. The person designated by the Manufacturer,
Owner, or Repair Organization who shall ascertain
that all fabrication by welding is performed in con-
formance to the requirements of this specification.
M-numbers. A classification system that groups base
metals for welding procedure and performance qualifi-
cation on the basis of mechanical properties, chemical
composition, and metallurgical compatibility to mini-
mize the number of welding qualifications where this
can logically be done. Under this system, base metals
have been divided into general categories (e.g., Mate-
rial numbers M-1, M-1A, M-2, M-2A, M-3, etc.) and
further subdivided into groups.
Manufacturer. The person, company, or agency respon-
sible for the design and performance of a rotating
component.
Repair Organization. The organization that provides
repair or modification to a rotating component.
User. The person, company, or agency that utilizes the
rotating equipment.
3.2 Application and Requirements. The applications
and requirements of this standard are stated in Section 1,
Scope, of this document.
3.3 Responsibilities
3.3.1 Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organi-
zation’s Responsibility. The Manufacturer, Fabricator,
or Repair Organization shall:
(1) Review the Owner’s specification(s) and advise
of any exceptions (e.g., nonspecification materials).
(2) Ensure that all aspects of welding meet the
requirements of this specification (see 8.1.4).
(3) Ensure that welding and nondestructive examina-
tion symbols are in conformance with the latest edition
of AWS A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing,
and Nondestructive Examination.
(4) Detail joint preparation and ensure joint compati-
bility with processes applied and materials employed.
(5) Select processes for all welding.
(6) Establish written welding procedure specifica-
tions (WPS) for all welding.
(7) Ensure the standards of workmanship applied to
all welds and welding procedures conform to the applica-
ble paragraphs of Section 8.
(8) Qualify, maintain, and use welding procedure
specification (WPS) and performance records that meet
the requirements of this specification for welding pro-
cess(es) selected.
3
(9) Maintain records of tests and procedures relating
to welding and forward copies to the Owner, when
required in the contract (see 8.1.4).
(Section 8.3 may be referred to for additional
obligations.)
3.3.2 Owner’s Responsibility. The Owner shall:
(1) Resolve the Manufacturer’s, Fabricator’s, or
Repair Organization’s exceptions to the Owner’s
requirements.
(2) Specify in the contract and prior to manufacture
any additional fabrication or testing requirements (see
6.9 and 8.4).
(3) Specify in the contract mutually agreed to condi-
tions under which the Owner and/or User may conduct
in-plant or onsite inspection to meet this specification.
(4) Ensure, when Inspectors are provided by the
Owner, that they meet the personnel requirements of
Section 8.
3.3.3 Additional Responsibilities. For modification
and/or repair, additional responsibilities are listed in
Section 9.
4. Materials
4.1 Base Metals
4.1.1 Materials selected for use in welded fabrication
of rotating elements shall conform to the specifications
established by a recognized material specifying organi-
zation (i.e., ASTM, ASME, API, etc.). Materials other
than those so covered may be used upon agreement
between Owner and Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair
Organization.
4.1.2 Annex I, Table I-1 and Annex II, Table II-1
group base metals for welding procedure and per-
formance qualification on the basis of mechanical
properties, chemical composition, and metallurgical
compatibility to minimize the number of welding qualifi-
cations where this can logically be done. Base metals
have been divided into general categories (e.g., M-
numbers M-1, M-1A, M-2, M-2A, M-3, etc.) and further
subdivided into groups. The grouping does not imply
that base metals may be indiscriminately substituted for a
base metal that was used in the qualification test without
consideration of the compatibility from the standpoint of
metallurgical properties, postweld heat treatment,
design, mechanical properties, and service requirements.
4.1.3 Materials not listed in Annexes I and II, but
which are nominally identical in mechanical properties
and chemical composition to a material listed, may be
classified using the M-number of the listed material
when agreed upon between Owner and Manufacturer,
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Fabricator, or Repair Organization. Other materials not
listed in Annexes I and II shall require a separate welding
procedure qualification.
4.2 Welding Electrodes, Filler Metals, and Consumables
4.2.1 Welding electrodes, filler metals, and fluxes
shall conform to the pertinent AWS specifications (AWS
A5 standards) shown in Table 1. Welding electrodes,
filler metals, and fluxes not covered by an AWS standard
shall require a separate welding procedure qualification.
4
(contin
5. Welding Processes
All of the welding processes listed in Table 2 may be
used in the fabrication or repair of rotating elements.
Welding processes and process variables are discussed in
detail later in Section 6. Processes not listed in Table 2
may be utilized provided the Manufacturer, Fabricator,
or Repair Organization can show evidence that the pro-
cess used consistently produces welds which meet the
requirements of Section 6, and the Owner agrees to use
of the process.
Table 1
F-Number Grouping of Welding Electrodes or Filler Metals for Qualification
F-No. AWS Specification Number AWS Classification Number
Steel and Steel Alloys
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
A5.10
A5.40
A5.50
A5.10
A5.50
A5.10
A5.50
A5.10
A5.50
A5.4 (Other than Austenitic and Duplex)
A5.4 (Austenitic and Duplex)
A5.90
A5.20
A5.17
A5.18
A5.20
A5.22
A5.23
A5.23
A5.25
A5.26
A5.28 
A5.29
A5.30
EXX20, EXX22, EXX24, EXX27, EXX28
EXXX(X)-25, EXXX(X)-26
EXX20-XX, EXX27-XX
EXX12, EXX13, EXX14, EXX19 
E(X)XX13-XX
EXX10, EXX11
E(X)XX10-XX, E(X)XX11-XX
EXX15, EXX16, EXX18, EXX18M, EXX48
E(X)XX15-XX, E(X)XX16-XX, E(X)XX18-XX, E(X)XX18M
EXXX(X)-15, EXXX(X)-16, EXXX(X)-17
EXXX(X)-15, EXXX(X)-16, EXXX(X)-17
ERXXX(XXX), ECXXX(XXX), EQXXX(XXX)
RX
FXXX-EXX, FXXX-ECX
ERXXS-X, EXXC-X, EXXC-XX
EXXT-X, EXXT-XM
EXXXTX-X, RXXXT1-5
FXXX-EXXX-X, FXXX-ECXXX-X
FXXX-EXXX-XN, FXXX-ECXXX-XN
FESXXX-EXXX, FESXXX-EWXX
EGXXT-X,EGXXS-X
ERXXS-XXX, EXXC-XXX
EXXTX-X, EXXTX-XM
INMS-X, IN5XX, IN3XX(X)
Aluminum and Aluminum-Base Alloys
21
21
22
23
23
24
25
A5.30
A5.10
A5.10
A5.30
A5.10
A5.10
A5.10
E1100, E3003
ER1100, R1100, ER1188, R1188
ER5183, R5183, ER5356, R5356, ER5554, R5554, ER5556, R5556, ER5654, 
R5654
E4043
ER4009, R4009, ER4010, R4010, R4011, ER4043, R4043, ER4047, R4047, 
ER4145, R4145, ER4643, R4643
R206.0, R-C355.0, R-A356.0, R357.0, R-A357.0
ER2319, R2319
ued)
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Copper and Copper Base Alloys
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
34
34
35
36
36
37
37
A5.60
A5.70
A5.60
A5.70
A5.60
A5.70
A5.60
A5.70
A5.30
A5.80
A5.60
A5.70
A5.60
A5.70
ECu
ERCu
ECuSi
ERCuSi-A
ECuSn-A, ECuSn-C
ERCuSn-A
ECuNi
ERCuNi
IN67
RBCuZn-A, RBCuZn-B, RBCuZn-C, RBCuZn-D
ECuA1-A2, ECuA1-B
ERCuA1-A1, ERCuA1-A2, ERCuA1-A3
ECuNiA1, ECuMnNiA1
ERCuNiA1, ERCuMnNiAl
Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloys
41
41
41
42
42
42
43
43
43
44
44
45
45
A5.11
A5.14
A5.30
A5.11
A5.14
A5.30
A5.11
A5.14
A5.30
A5.11
A5.14
A5.11
A5.14
ENi-1
ERNi-1
IN61
ENiCu-7
ERNiCu-7, ERNiCu-8
IN60
ENiCrFe-1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9 and 10; ENiCr Mo-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 13, and 14; 
ENiCrCoMo-1
ERNiCr-3, 4 and 6; ERNiCrFe-5, 6, 7, 8, and 11; ERNiCrMo-2, 3, 4, 7, 10, 13, 
and 14; ERNiCrCoMo-1; ERNiCrWMo-1
IN6A, IN52, IN62, IN82
ENiMo-1, 3, 7, 8, 9, and 10; ENiCrMo-4, 5, 7, 10, 13, and 14
ERNiMo-1, 2, 3. 7, 8, 9, and 10; ERNiCrMo-4, 7 (Alloy C4), 10, 13, and 14; 
ERNiCrWMo-1
ENiCrMo-1, 9 and 11
ERNiCrMo-1, 8, 9 and 11; ERNiFeCr-1
Titanium and Titanium Alloys
51
52
53
54
55
A5.16
A5.16
A5.16
A5.16
A5.16
ERTi-1, ERTi-2, ERTi-3, ERTi-4
ERTi-7
ERTi-9, ERTi-9ELI
ERTi-12
ERTi-5, ERTi-5ELI, ERTi-6, ERTi-6ELI, ERTi-15
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloys
61 A5.24 ERZr-2, ERZr-3, ERZr-4
Hardfacing Weld Metal Overlay
71
72
A5.13
A5.21
EXXX-X
ERCXXX-X, ERXXX-X, RXXX-X
Table 1 (Continued)
F-Number Grouping of Welding Electrodes or Filler Metals for Qualification
F-No. AWS Specification Number AWS Classification Number
5
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Table 2
Permitted Welding Processes
Shielded 
Metal Arc 
Welding 
(SMAW)
Submerged 
Arc Welding 
(SAW)
Flux-Cored 
Arc Welding 
(FCAW)
Gas Metal Arc 
Welding 
(GMAW)
Gas Tungsten 
Arc Welding 
(GTAW)
Plasma Arc 
Welding 
(PAW)
Electroslag 
Welding 
(ESW)
Electrogas 
Welding 
(EGW)
Electron 
Beam 
Welding 
(EBW)
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
6. Welding Procedure and 
Performance Qualification
Part A—General Requirements
6.1 Scope. The requirements of this section apply to the
qualification of welding procedures, welders, and weld-
ing operators for the welding processes listed in Table 2.
These requirements shall also apply to other welding pro-
cesses, and to filler metals and fluxes not covered by an
AWS filler metal specification. Procedures, welders, and
welding operators qualified to other codes and specifica-
tions (such as ASME IX, AWS D1.1, AWS B2.1, etc.)
shall be acceptable to this specification if the previous
qualifications meet the requirements of this specification.
6.2 Responsibility for Welding. Each Manufacturer,
Fabricator, or Repair Organization is responsible for the
welding done and shall conduct the tests required in this
section. It is not permissible for the Manufacturer, Fabri-
cator, or Repair Organization to have the welding of the
test weldments performed by another organization. It is
permissible, however, to subcontract any or all of the
work of preparation of test materials for welding, and
subsequent work on preparation of test specimens from
the completed weldment, performance of nondestructive
examination, and mechanical tests, provided the Manu-
facturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization accepts the
responsibility for any such work.
6.2.1 A Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organi-
zation may approve a subcontractor’s welding procedure
and performance qualification records for work to be
performed by the subcontractor, provided that the
records meet this specification.
6.2.2 Each Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Orga-
nization shall maintain welding procedure specifications
and records of the results obtained in welding procedure
qualification records (PQR) and welder and welding
operator performance qualifications. These records shall
be certified by the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair
6
Organization and shall be accessible to the Buyer’s
Inspector. Refer to recommended forms in Annex B.
6.3 Weld Orientation. Weld positions are illustrated in
Figures 1 through 5B.
6.4 Test Positions for Groove Welds. Groove welds
may be made in test material oriented in any of the posi-
tions in Figures 2 and 3, and as described in the follow-
ing paragraphs. Angular deviations that are within the
limits shown in Figure 1 are permitted during welding.
6.4.1 Test Positions (Plate)—Groove Welds
6.4.1.1 Flat Test Position 1G. The 1G test posi-
tion designation for plate is for a linear groove weld
applied to a joint in which the weld is made in the flat
welding position. Refer to Figure 2(A).
6.4.1.2 Horizontal Test Position 2G. The 2G test
position designation for plate is for a linear groove weld
applied to a joint in which the weld is made in the hori-
zontal welding position. Refer to Figure 2(B).
6.4.1.3 Vertical Test Position 3G. The 3G test
position designation for plate is for a linear groove weld
applied to a joint in which the weld is made in the verti-
cal position. Refer to Figure 2(C).
6.4.1.4 Overhead Test Position 4G. The 4G test
position designation for plate is for a linear groove weld
been applied to a joint in which the weld is made in the
overhead position. Refer to Figure 2(D).
6.4.2 Test Positions (Pipe and Tube)—Groove Welds
6.4.2.1 Flat Test Position 1G. The 1G test posi-
tion designation for piping and tubing is for a circumfer-
ential groove applied to a joint in pipe in which the weld
is made in the flat welding position by rotating the pipe
about its axis. Refer to Figure 3(A).
6.4.2.2 Horizontal Test Position 2G. The 2G test
position designation for piping and tubing is for a cir-
cumferential groove weld applied to a joint in pipe with
its axis approximately vertical, in which the weld is
made in the horizontal welding position. Refer to Figure
3(B). Pipe or tubes shall not be rotated during welding.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
7
Source: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-1B.
General Notes:
1. The horizontal reference plane is always taken to lie below the weld under construction.
2. The inclination of the weld axis is measured from the horizontal reference plane toward the vertical reference point.
3. The axis of rotation of the weld face is determined by a line perpendicular to the weld face at its center which passes through the weld
axis. The reference position (0°) of rotation of the weld face invariably points in the direction opposite to that in which the weld axis
angle increases. When looking at point “P,” the angle of rotation of the weld face is measured in a clockwise direction from the refer-
ence position (0°).
Figure 1—Limits of Welding Positions for Groove Welds
Tabulation of Positions of Groove Welds
Position Diagram Reference Inclination of Axis Rotation of Face
Flat A 0° to 15° 150° to 210°
Horizontal B 0° to 15° 80° to 150°210° to 280°
Overhead C 0° to 80° 0° to 80°280° to 360°
Vertical DE
15° to 80°
80° to 90°
80° to 280°
0° to 360°
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source: AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Figure 4.3.
Figure 2—Welding Test Positions—Plate Groove Welds
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
6.4.2.3 Multiple Test Positions 5G. The 5G test
position designation for piping and tubing is for a cir-
cumferential groove weld applied to a joint in a pipe with
its axis horizontal, in which the weld is made in the flat,
vertical, and overhead welding positions. The pipe
remains fixed until the welding of the joint is complete.
Refer to Figure 3(C).
6.4.2.4 Multiple Test Positions 6G. The 6G test
position designation for piping and tubing is for a cir-
cumferential groove weld that has been applied to a joint
in pipe with its axis approximately 45° from horizontal,
in which the weld is made in the flat, vertical, and over-
head welding positions. The pipe remains fixed until
welding is complete. Refer to Figure 3(D).
6.5 Test Positions for Fillet Welds. Fillet welds may be
made in test material oriented in any of the positions of
Figure 5A and 5B and as described in the following para-
8
graphs. Angular deviations that are within the limits
shown in Figure 4 are permitted during welding.
6.5.1 Test Positions for Plate Fillet Welds
6.5.1.1 Flat Test Position 1F. This welding test
position designation is for a linear fillet weld applied to a
joint in which the weld is made in the flat welding posi-
tion. Refer to Figure 5A(A).
6.5.1.2 Horizontal Test Position 2F. This welding
test position designation is for a linear fillet weld applied
to a joint in which the weld is made in the horizontal
welding position. Refer to Figure 5A(B).
6.5.1.3 Vertical Test Position 3F. This welding
test position designation is for a linear fillet weld applied
to a joint in which the weld is made in the vertical weld-
ing position. Refer to Figure 5A(C).
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
9
Source: AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Figure 4.4.
Figure 3—Welding Test Positions—Pipe Groove Welds
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
10
Source: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-1D.
General Notes:
1. The horizontal reference plane is always taken to lie below the weld under construction.
2. The inclination of the weld axis is measured from the horizontal reference plane toward the vertical reference point.
3. The axis of rotation of the weld face is determined by a line perpendicular to the weld face at its center which passes through the weld
axis. The reference position (0°) of rotation of the weld face invariably points in the direction opposite to that in which the weld axis
angle increases. When looking at point “P,” the angle of rotation of the weld face is measured in a clockwise direction from the refer-
ence position (0°).
Figure 4—Limits of Welding Positions for Fillet Welds
Tabulation of Positions of Fillet Welds
Position Diagram Reference Inclination of Axis Rotation of Face
Flat A 0° to 15° 150° to 210°
Horizontal B 0° to 15° 125° to 150°210° to 235°
Overhead C 0° to 80° 0° to 125°235° to 360°
Vertical DE
15° to 80°
80° to 90°
125° to 235°
0° to 360°
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source: AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Figure 4.5.
Figure 5A—Welding Test Positions for Plate Fillet Welds
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
6.5.1.4 Overhead Test Position 4F. This welding
test position designation is for a linear fillet weld applied
to a joint in which the weld is made in the overhead
welding position. Refer to Figure 5A(D).
6.5.2 Test Positions for Pipe Fillet Welds. Test posi-
tions for pipe fillet welds are shown in Figure 5B.
6.6 Types and Purposes of Mechanical Tests and
Examinations. Mechanical tests used in procedure or
performance qualification are as follows:
6.6.1 Tension Tests. Tension tests as described in 6.7
are used to determine the ultimate tensile strength of
groove welded joints.
11
6.6.2 Guided Bend Tests. Guided bend tests, as
described in 6.8, are used to determine the degree of
soundness and ductility of groove welded joints.
6.6.3 Notch Toughness Tests. Tests, as described in
6.9, are used to determine the notch toughness of the
weldment.
6.6.4 Fillet Weld Tests. Tests, as described in
6.10.5.3, are used to determine the size, contour, and
degree of soundness of fillet welds.
6.7 Tension Tests. For additional details, see AWS B4.0
or B4.0M, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of
Welds, and AWS 2.1, Specification for Welding Proce-
dure and Performance Qualification.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source: Adapted from AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Figure 4.6.
Figure 5B—Welding Test Positions for Pipe Fillet Welds
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
6.7.1 Specimens. Tension test specimens shall con-
form to one of the types illustrated in Figures 6A through
6E and shall meet the requirements of 6.7.3.
6.7.1.1 Reduced-Section Tensiles: Plate. Reduced-
section specimens conforming to the requirements given
in Figure 6A may be used for tension tests on all thick-
nesses of plate.
(1) A single specimen of full plate thickness shall be
used for thicknesses up to and including 1 in. [25 mm].
(2) For plate thicknesses greater than 1 in. [25 mm],
single or multiple specimens may be used, provided they
are in compliance with 6.7.1.1(3) and 6.7.1.1(4).
(3) When multiple specimens are used, each set shall
represent a single required tension test (see Figure 6E).
12
Collectively, all of the specimens required to represent
the full thickness of the weld at one location shall com-
prise a set. The results of each test specimen of the set
shall be documented on the PQR.
(4) When multiple specimens are necessary, the
entire thickness shall be mechanically cut into a mini-
mum number of approximately equal strips of a size that
can be tested in the available equipment. Each specimen
shall be tested and meet the requirements of 6.7.3.
6.7.1.2 Reduced-Section Tensiles: Pipe. For pipe
having an outside diameter of 3 in. [75 mm] or less,
reduced-section specimens conforming to the require-
ments given in Figure 6B may be used for tension tests.
Reduced-section specimens conforming to the require-
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Figure 6A—Tension Test Specimens—Test Plate
Figure 6B—Tension Test Specimens—Test Pipe 2 in. [50 mm] and 3 in. [75 mm] Diameters
Note: All dimensions are in
inches. SI equivalents are
shown in the table below:
in. mm
0.01 0.25
1/4 6
1 25
1-1/2 38
2 50
Note: All dimensions are in
inches. SI equivalents are
shown in the table below:
in. mm
0.01 0.25
1/4 6
1/2 13
1 25
1-1/2 38
2 50
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ments given in Figure 6C may be used for tension tests
on all thicknesses of pipe having an outside diameter
greater than 3 in. [75 mm].
(1) A single specimen of full pipe thickness shall
be used for thicknesses up to and including 1 in.
[25 mm].
(2) For pipe thicknesses greater than 1 in. [25 mm],
single or multiple specimens may be used, provided they
are in compliance with 6.7.1.2(3) and 6.7.1.2(4).
13
(3) When multiple specimens are used, each set shall
represent a single required tension test. Collectively, the
specimens required to represent the full thickness of theweld at one location shall comprise a set (see Figure 6E).
The results of each test specimen of the set shall be docu-
mented on the PQR.
(4) When multiple specimens are necessary, the
entire thickness shall be mechanically cut into a mini-
mum number of approximately equal strips of a size that
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
14
Figure 6C—Tension Test Specimens—Test Pipe 6 in. [150 mm] and 8 in. [200 mm] Diameters
General Notes:
1. The reduced section may have a gradual taper from the ends toward the center, with the ends not more than 1% larger in diameter
than the center (controlling dimension).
2. If desired, the length of the reduced section may be increased to accommodate an extensometer of any convenient gage length. Ref-
erence marks for the measurement of elongation should be spaced at the indicated gage length.
3. The gage length and fillets shall be as shown, but the ends may be of any form to fit the holders of the testing machine in such a way
that the load shall be axial. If the ends are to be held in wedge grips, it is desirable to make the length of the grip section great
enough to allow the specimen to extend into the grips a distance equal to 2/3 or more of the length of the grips.
Figure 6D—Tension Test Specimens—Cylindrical Test Bar
for All-Weld-Metal and Crossweld Tensile Specimens
Dimensions in inches
Nominal Diameter
Standard Specimen Small-Size Specimens Proportional to Standard
0.500 in. Round 0.350 in. Round 0.250 in. Round
G—Gage length 2.000 ± 0.005 1.400 ± 0.005 1.000 ± 0.005
D—Diameter (Note 1) 0.500 ± 0.010 0.350 ± 0.007 0.250 ± 0.005
R—Radius of fillet, min 3/8 1/4 3/16
A—Length of reduced section (Note 2), min 2-1/4 1-3/4 1-1/4
Metric Dimensions per AWS B4.0M:2000
Nominal Diameter
Standard Specimen Small-Size Specimens Proportional to Standard
12.5 mm Round 9.0 mm Round 6.5 mm Round
G—Gage length 50.0 ± 0.1 36.0 ± 0.1 26.0 ± 0.1
D—Diameter (Note 1) 12.5 ± 0.2 9.0 ± 0.1 6.5 ± 0.1
R—Radius of fillet, min 10 6 5
A—Length of reduced section (Note 2), min 57 45 32
Note: All dimensions are in
inches. SI equivalents are
shown in the table below:
in. mm
1/4 6
3/4 20
1-1/4 32
2 50
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Figure 6E—Tension Test Specimens—Typical Locations for Multiple Specimens
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
can be tested in the available equipment. Each specimen
shall be tested and meet the requirements of 6.7.3.
6.7.1.3 Turned Specimens. Turned specimens
conforming to the requirements given in Figure 6D may
be used for tension tests.
(1) For thicknesses up to and including 1 in. [25 mm],
a single turned specimen shall be used.
(2) For thicknesses over 1 in. [25 mm], multiple
specimens shall be cut through the full thickness of the
weld with their centerlines parallel to the metal surface
and not over 1 in. [25 mm] apart. The centerlines of the
specimens adjacent to the metal surfaces shall not exceed
5/8 in. [16 mm] from the surface.
(3) When multiple specimens are used, each set shall
represent a single required tension test. Collectively, all
the specimens required to represent the full thickness of
the weld at one location shall comprise a set (see Figure
6E). The results of each test specimen of the set shall be
documented on the PQR.
(4) Each specimen shall be tested and meet the
requirements of 6.7.3.
6.7.2 Procedure. The tension test specimen shall be
ruptured under tensile load. The tensile strength shall be
computed by dividing the maximum load by the least
cross-sectional area of the specimen as measured before
the load is applied.
6.7.3 Acceptance Criteria—Tension Test. The spec-
imen shall have a tensile strength that is not less than:
(1) The specified minimum tensile strength of the
base metal.
15
(2) If base metals of different minimum tensile
strengths are used, the specified minimum tensile
strength of the lesser of the two.
(3) The specified minimum tensile strength of the
weld metal having lower minimum tensile strength than
the base metal at room temperature.
(4) If the specimen breaks in the base metal outside
of the weld or fusion line, the test shall be accepted as
meeting the requirements, provided the strength is not
more than 5% below the specified minimum tensile
strength of the base metal.
(5) If the base metal does not have a specified mini-
mum tensile strength, the base metal shall be tensile
tested, and the strength established. The welding proce-
dure tensile test specimens shall meet or exceed applica-
ble requirements of 6.7.3(1) through 6.7.3(4).
6.8 Guided Bend Test. Guided bend tests and testing
fixtures are illustrated in Figures 7 through 10A, 10B,
and 10C. (For additional details, see AWS B4.0 or
B4.0M, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of
Welds and AWS B2.1, Specification for Welding Proce-
dure and Performance Qualification.)9
6.8.1 Specimens. Guided bend test specimens shall be
prepared by cutting the test plate or pipe to form speci-
mens of approximately rectangular cross section. The cut
surfaces shall be designated the sides of the specimen.
The other two surfaces shall be called the face and root
surfaces, the face surface having the greater width of
9. For metals of M-23 and M-35 in Table 1, test specimens of
Figures 7, 8, and 9 shall be reduced from 3/8 in. [10 mm] thick-
ness to 1/8 in. [3 mm] in thickness and the corner radius “R”
reduced to 1/16 in. [2 mm] maximum.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source of sketches and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-2C and AWS D14.6-96.
Notes:
(1) A longer specimen length may be necessary when using a wrap-around type bending fixture or when testing steel with a yield
strength of 80 ksi [550 mPa] or greater.
(2) T = plate or pipe thickness.
(3) When T exceeds 1-1/2 in. [38 mm], the side bend specimen may be bent at full width (W) or it may be cut into multiple, equal, test
specimens ≥ 3/4 in. [20 mm] in width.
General Notes:
1. Weld reinforcement and backing strip or backing ring, if any, shall be removed flush with the surface of the specimen. If a recessed
ring is used, this surface of the specimen may be machined to a depth not exceeding the depth of the recess to remove the ring, ex-
cept that in such cases the thickness of the finished specimen shall be that specified above.
2. If thermally cut, the edges shall be dressed by grinding, except for M1 materials.
Figure 7—Transverse Side Bend Specimens
DIMENSIONS
Weldment Thickness in. [mm]
Specimen Thickness (TS), in. [mm]
Width of Specimen (W)M-23, M-35, and all F-23 Welds All Other M Numbers
≥ 3/8 to ≤ 1-1/2 [≥ 10 to ≤ 38] 1/8 [3] 3/8 [10] T(2)
> 1-1/2 [38] 1/8 [3] 3/8 [10] See Note (3)
weld. Guided bend specimens are of five types, depend-
ing on whether the axis of the weld is transverse or paral-
lel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, and which
surface (side, face, or root) is on the convex (outer) side
of the bend specimen. The five types are defined as
follows:
6.8.1.1 Transverse Side Bend. The weld is trans-
verse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which is
bent so that one of the side surfaces becomes the convex
surface of the bent specimen. Transverse side bend test
specimens shall conform to the dimensions shown in
Figure 7.
Specimens of base metal thickness over 1-1/2 in.
[38 mm] may be cut into approximately equal strips
between 3/4 in. [20 mm] and 1-1/2 in. [38 mm] wide
16
for testing, or the specimens may be bent at full width.
(See requirements on jig width in Figure 10A, 10B, or
10C.)
If multiple specimens are used, onecomplete set shall
be made for each required test. Each specimen shall be
tested and meet the requirements in 6.8.3.
6.8.1.2 Transverse Face Bend. The weld is trans-
verse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which
is bent so that the face surface becomes the convex
surface of the bent specimen. Transverse face bend test
specimens shall conform to the dimensions shown in
Figure 8.
6.8.1.3 Transverse Root Bend. The weld is trans-
verse to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which is
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source of sketches and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-2A.
General Notes:
1. Weld reinforcement and backing strip or backing ring, if any, shall be removed flush with the surface of the specimen.
2. If thermally cut, the edges shall be dressed by grinding, except in M1 materials.
3. For pipe diameters of 2 in. [50 mm] to 4 in. [100 mm] NPS, the width of the bend specimen may be 3/4 in. [20 mm]. For pipe diameters
of 3/8 in. [10 mm] to 2 in. [50 mm] NPS, the bend specimen width may be 3/8 in. [10 mm], with an alternative (permitted for pipe 1 in.
[25 mm] NPS and less) of cutting the pipe into quarter sections, in which case the weld reinforcement may be removed and no other
preparation of the specimens being required.
Figure 8—Transverse Face and Root Bend Specimens
DIMENSIONS
Weldment Thickness in. [mm]
Specimen Thickness (TS), in. [mm]
M-23, M-35, and all F-23 Welds All Other M Numbers
≥ 1/16 to ≤ 1/8 [≥ 2 to ≤ 3] T T
> 1/8 to ≤ 3/8 [> 3 to ≤ 10] 1/8 [3] T
> 3/8 [10] 1/8 [3] 3/8 [10]
T, in. [mm] t, in. [mm]
≥ 1/16 to ≤ 1/8 [≥ 2 to ≤ 3] T
> 1/8 to ≤ 3/8 [> 3 to ≤ 10] T
> 3/8 [10] 3/8 [10]
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
bent so that the root surface becomes the convex surface
of the bent specimen. Transverse root bend test speci-
mens shall conform to the dimensions shown in Figure 8.
6.8.1.4 Sub-size Transverse Face and Root
Bends. For pipe of 3 in. [75 mm] outside diameter or
less, the width of the bend specimen of Figure 8 may be
3/4 in. [20 mm] measured around the outside surface.
Alternatively, for pipe of less than 2 3/8 in. [60 mm] out-
side diameter, the width of the bend specimens may be
obtained by cutting the pipe into quarter sections, less the
allowance for cutting.
17
6.8.1.5 Longitudinal Bend Tests. Longitudinal
bend tests may be used in lieu of the transverse side,
face, and root bend tests for testing weld metal or base
metal combinations that differ markedly in bending
properties between (a) the two base metals or (b) the
weld metal and the base metal.
6.8.1.6 Longitudinal Face Bend. The weld is par-
allel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which is
bent so that the face surface becomes the convex surface
of the bent specimen. Longitudinal face bend test speci-
mens shall conform to the dimensions shown in Figure 9.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source of sketches and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-2B.
Figure 9—Longitudinal Face and Root Bend Specimens
DIMENSIONS
Weldment Thickness in. [mm]
Specimen Thickness (TS), in. [mm]
M-23, M-35, and all F-23 Welds All Other M Numbers
≥ 1/16 to ≤ 1/8 [≥ 2 to ≤ 3] T T
≥ 1/8 to ≤ 3/8 [≥ 3 to ≤ 10] 1/8 [3] T
> 3/8 [10] 1/8 [3] 3/8 [10]
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
6.8.1.7 Longitudinal Root Bend. The weld is par-
allel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen, which is
bent so that the root surface becomes the convex surface
of the bent specimen. Longitudinal root bend test speci-
mens shall conform to the dimensions shown in Figure 9.
6.8.2 Guided Bend Test Procedure. Guided bend
specimens shall be bent in test jigs that are in substantial
accordance with Figure 10A, 10B, or 10C. When using
the jigs illustrated in Figure 10A, the side of the speci-
men turned toward the gap of the jig shall be the face for
face bend specimens, the root for root bend specimens,
and the side with the greater discontinuities, if any, for
side bend specimens.
The specimen shall be loaded with the weld at mid-
span and forced into the die by applying a load on the
plunger until the curvature of the specimen is such that a
1/8 in. [3 mm] diameter wire cannot be inserted between
the specimen and the lower die member of Figure 10A;
or the specimen is bottom ejected, if the roller type of jig
(Figure 10C) is used. When using the wraparound jig,
Figure 10B, the side of the specimen turned toward the
roller shall be the face for the face bend specimens, the
root for the root bend specimens, and the side with
the greater discontinuities (if any) for the side bend
specimens. Test specimens shall be removed from the jig
when the outer roll has been moved 180° from the start-
ing point.
18
6.8.3 Acceptance Criteria. The weld and heat-
affected zone (HAZ) of a transverse weld bend specimen
shall be completely within the bent portion of the speci-
men after testing. The guided-bend specimens shall have
no open discontinuities exceeding 1/8 in. [3 mm] mea-
sured in any direction on the convex surface of the speci-
men after bending, except that cracks occurring on the
corners of the specimen during testing shall not be con-
sidered, unless there is definite evidence that they result
from slag inclusions or other internal discontinuities. For
corrosion resistance weld overlay cladding, no open dis-
continuity exceeding 1/16 in. [2 mm] measured in any
direction shall be permitted in the cladding, and no open
discontinuities exceeding 1/8 in. [3 mm] shall be permit-
ted in the bond line.
6.9 Notch-Toughness Tests. Toughness or impact test-
ing shall be performed when agreed upon by the Owner
and Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization.
The acceptance criteria, location, and orientation of the
test specimens shall be by agreement between the Owner
and Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization.
Test procedures and apparatus shall conform to the
requirements of AWS B4.0 or B4.0M, Standard Methods
for Mechanical Testing of Welds, or other applicable
standards.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
19
Source of sketches and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-5B. SI equivalents are from B4.0M:2000.
General Notes:
1. To calculate the minimum bend diameter for any thickness specimen, use the following rule: A = (100TS/E) – TS
Where A = bend diameter, E = minimum tensile elongation, and TS = test specimen thickness.
3/8 in. [10 mm] thick 4130 welded bend specimen with 14% elongation:
A = (100 × 0.375/14) – 0.375 = 37.5/14 – 0.375 = 2.679 – 0.375 = 2.30 in. [58 mm].
Use A = 2.5 in. [63 mm]
2. To calculate the specimen thickness for any bend diameter, use the following: TS = (A x E)/(100 - E)
Where TS = specimen thickness, A = bend test diameter, and E = minimum tensile elongation.
Example: For a standard 1.5 in. [38 mm] bend diameter on a test specimen with 14% elongation:
TS = (1.5 × 14)/(100–14) = 21/86 = 0.244 in. [6.2 mm].
Use TS = 0.225 in. [5.7 mm]
3. The shoulders of the test fixture shall either be hardened rollers free to rotate or hardened and greased fixed shoulders.
4. For M-26, M-81, and M-83 materials, two macroetch specimens shall be used in lieu of guided bend testing.
See also Figures 10B and 10C.
Figure 10A—Jigs for Guided Bend Test—Standard Test Fixture
Base Metal TS* in. [mm] A, in. [mm] C, in. [mm]
M-23 (as welded)
M35 except B148 and B271
All welds with F-23 filler metal
1/8 [3]
< 1/8 [3]
2-1/16 [52]
16.5TS
2-3/8 [60]
16.5TS + 1/16 [2]
M-11
M-23 (annealed)
M-25
M-35, B148, and B271
3/8 [10]
< 3/8 [10]
2-1/2 [63]
6.67TS3-3/8 [86]
8.67TS + 1/8 [3]
M-24 (annealed)
M-27, M-61, and M-62 ≤ 3/8 [10] 8TS 10TS + 1/8 [3]
M-52 and M-53 ≤ 3/8 [10] 10TS 12TS + 1/8 [3]
M-54 ≤ 3/8 [10] 14TS 16TS + 1/8 [3]
All other M-Number metals 3/8 [10]< 3/8 [10]
1-1/2 [38]
4TS
2 3/8 [60]
6TS + 1/8 [3]
*TS = Specimen Thickness
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
20
Source of sketch and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000,
Figure II-5C. SI equivalents are from B4.0M:2000.
General Notes:
1. To calculate the minimum bend diameter for any thickness specimen, use the following rule: A = (100TS/E) – TS
Where A = bend diameter, E = minimum tensile elongation, and TS = test specimen thickness.
3/8 in. [10 mm] thick 4130 welded bend specimen with 14% elongation:
A = (100 × 0.375/14) – 0.375 = 37.5/14 – 0.375 = 2.679 – 0.375 = 2.30 in. [58 mm].
Use A = 2.5 in. [63 mm]
2. To calculate the specimen thickness for any bend diameter, use the following: TS = (A x E)/(100 - E)
Where TS = specimen thickness, A = bend test diameter, and E = minimum tensile elongation.
Example: For a standard 1.5 in. [38 mm] bend diameter on a test specimen with 14% elongation:
TS = (1.5 × 14)/(100–14) = 21/86 = 0.244 in. [6.2 mm].
Use TS = 0.225 in. [5.7 mm]
3. The shoulders of the test fixture shall either be hardened rollers free to rotate or hardened and greased fixed shoulders.
4. For M-26, M-81, and M-83 materials, two macroetch specimens shall be used in lieu of guided bend testing.
See also Figures 10A and 10C.
Figure 10B—Jigs for Guided Bend Test—
Alternate Wrap-Around Guided Bend Test Fixture
Base Metal TS* in. [mm] A, in. [mm]
M-23 (as welded)
M35 except B148 and B271
All welds with F-23 filler metal
1/8 [3]
< 1/8 [3]
2-1/16 [52]
16.5TS
M-11
M-23 (annealed)
M-25
M-35, B148, and B271
3/8 [10]
< 3/8 [10]
2-1/2 [63]
6.67TS
M-24 (annealed)
M-27, M-61, and M-62 ≤ 3/8 [10] 8TS
M-52 and M-53 ≤ 3/8 [10] 10TS
M-54 ≤ 3/8 [10] 14TS
All other M-Number metals 3/8 [10]< 3/8 [10]
1-1/2 [38]
4TS
*TS = Specimen Thickness
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
21
Source of sketch and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-5A. SI equivalents are from B4.0M:2000.
General Notes:
1. To calculate the minimum bend diameter for any thickness specimen, use the following rule: A = (100TS/E) – TS
Where A = bend diameter, E = minimum tensile elongation, and TS = test specimen thickness.
3/8 in. [10 mm] thick 4130 welded bend specimen with 14% elongation:
A = (100 × 0.375/14) – 0.375 = 37.5/14 – 0.375 = 2.679 – 0.375 = 2.30 in. [58 mm].
Use A = 2.5 in. [63 mm]
2. To calculate the specimen thickness for any bend diameter, use the following: TS = (A x E)/(100 - E)
Where TS = specimen thickness, A = bend test diameter, and E = minimum tensile elongation.
Example: For a standard 1.5 in. [38 mm] bend diameter on a test specimen with 14% elongation:
TS = (1.5 × 14)/(100–14) = 21/86 = 0.244 in. [6.2 mm].
Use TS = 0.225 in. [5.7 mm]
3. The shoulders of the test fixture shall either be hardened rollers free to rotate or hardened and greased fixed shoulders.
4. For M-26, M-81, and M-83 materials, two macroetch specimens shall be used in lieu of guided bend testing.
See also Figures 10A and 10B.
Figure 10C—Jigs for Guided Bend Test—Alternate Roller-Equipped
Guided Bend Test Fixture for Bottom Ejection of Test Specimens
Base Metal TS* in. [mm] A, in. [mm] C, in. [mm]
M-23 (as welded)
M35 except B148 and B271
All welds with F-23 filler metal
1/8 [3]
< 1/8 [3]
2-1/16 [52]
16.5TS
2-3/8 [60]
16.5TS + 1/16 [2]
M-11
M-23 (annealed)
M-25
M-35, B148, and B271
3/8 [10]
< 3/8 [10]
2-1/2 [63]
6.67TS
3-3/8 [86]
8.67TS + 1/8 [3]
M-24 (annealed)
M-27, M-61, and M-62 ≤ 3/8 [10] 8TS 10TS + 1/8 [3]
M-52 and M-53 ≤ 3/8 [10] 10TS 12TS + 1/8 [3]
M-54 ≤ 3/8 [10] 14TS 16TS + 1/8 [3]
All other M-Number metals 3/8 [10]< 3/8 [10]
1-1/2 [38]
4TS
2-3/8 [60]
6TS + 1/8 [3]
*TS = Specimen Thickness
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Part B—Procedure Qualification
6.10 General Requirements
6.10.1 Responsibilities of the Manufacturer, Fabri-
cator, Repair Organization, or Contractor. Each
Manufacturer, Fabricator, Repair Organization, or con-
tractor shall list the variables applicable to the welding
that each performs in construction of weldments built in
conformance to this specification. These variables shall
be listed in a document known as a welding procedure
specification (WPS).
Each Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organiza-
tion shall qualify the WPS by the welding of test assem-
blies, the testing of specimens as required in this
specification, and the recording of the welding data and
test results in a document known as a procedure qualifi-
cation record (PQR). The welders or welding operators,
working to produce weldments to be tested for qualifica-
tion of procedures, shall be under the full supervision
and control of the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair
Organization or contractor during the production of these
test weldments. A WPS may require the support of more
than one PQR while, alternatively, one PQR may support
more than one WPS. For additional information, see
AWS B2.1, Specification for Procedure and Perfor-
mance Qualification.
6.10.2 Welding Procedure Specification (WPS).
The WPS shall list in detail the various base-metal M-
numbers to be joined by welding, their thicknesses, the
filler metals to be used, the range of preheat and
postweld heat treatment, and other variables described
for each welding process as either essential or nonessen-
tial variables (see Table 3). Copies of the WPS shall be
available for reference by the welders or welding opera-
tors and the Purchaser’s Inspector. A recommended form
for this WPS is given in Annex B.
Changes may be made in the nonessential variables to
suit production requirements without requalification of
the procedure, provided such changes are documented in
either an amendment to the original WPS or a new WPS.
A change in any essential variable shall require requalifi-
cation to be recorded in another PQR.
The Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization
or contractor shall certify that he or she has qualified for
each welding procedure specification, has performed the
procedure qualification test(s), and has documented it
with the necessary PQR.
6.10.3 Procedure Qualification Record (PQR). The
specific facts involved in qualifying a WPS shall be
recorded in a form called the PQR, which shall document
the essential variables of the specific welding process or
processes, as listed in Table 3, and the test results. These
22
documents shall be certified by the Manufacturer, Fabri-
cator, or Repair Organization or contractor and shall be
available for examination by the Inspector. Recom-
mended forms are given in Annex B.
6.10.4 Combination of Welding Processes or Pro-
cedures. More than one process or procedure may be
used in a single production joint. Each welding process
or procedure shall be qualified either separately or in
combination with other processes or procedures (within
the thickness limits specified in Table 4) for the base
metal thickness and for the deposited weld metal thick-
ness range for each process or procedure to be used in the
production joint. For multi-process or multi-procedure
applications, the qualified thickness of each process or
procedure shall be cumulative in determining the maxi-
mum thickness of the production joint to be welded. One
or more processes of amultiple process procedure quali-
fication may be deleted if the remaining processes are
qualified for the entire production deposit of weld thick-
ness as defined in Table 4.
6.10.5 Type of Tests Required
6.10.5.1 Mechanical Tests. The type and number
of test specimens that must be tested to qualify a welding
procedure are given in Table 4. Transverse or longitudi-
nal bends can be tested and the order of removal is
shown in Figure 11.
6.10.5.2 Base Metals—Groove and Fillet Welds.
WPS qualification tests for groove and fillet welds may
be made on groove welds using reduced-section tension
specimens and guided bend specimens. The groove weld
tests shall qualify the WPS for use with groove welds
within the range of essential variables listed. Groove
weld tests shall also qualify the WPS for use with fillet
welds in all thicknesses, sizes of fillet welds, and diame-
ters of pipe or tube, within the applicable essential vari-
ables. Where a WPS qualification of fillet welds only is
required, tests shall be made in conformance to 6.10.5.3.
The tests shall qualify the fillet WPS for use with fillet
welds in all thicknesses of metal, sizes of fillet welds,
and diameters of pipe or tube for use with the applicable
essential variables.
6.10.5.3 Procedure Specimens—Fillet Weld
Test. The dimensions and preparation of the fillet weld
test specimen for procedure qualification shall conform
to Figure 12. The test specimen shall not contain cracks.
It shall be cut transversely to provide two sections, each
approximately 4 in. [100 mm] long, and shall conform to
the requirements of 6.10.5.4.
6.10.5.4 Specimen Preparation for Macroetch
Examination and Acceptance Criteria. One face of
each cross section shall be smoothed and etched with a
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Table 3
Welding Procedure Process Variables
Section Paragraph/Variable
SMAW SAW FCAW GMAW GTAW PAW ESW EGW EBW
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
Joint Design
6.18.1 (1) ∆ Groove Design X X X X X X X X X
(2) ± Backing X X X
(3) – Backing (complete joint
penetration welds)
X X X X X X
(4) + Backing X X
(5) > Fit-up Gap X
Base Metal
6.18.2 (1) ∆ Penetration X
(2) ∆ Group Number X X X X X X X X
(3) > Thickness of ≤ 5/8 in. 
[16 mm] Minimum 
Qualified
X X X X X X X
(4) ∆ t Beyond Thickness 
Qualified
X X X X X X X X X
(5) > Pass Thickness Limit X X X X X X
(6) > Base Metal Thickness
(GMAW-S)
X
(7) ∆ M-Number X X X X X X X X X
(8) ∆ M-Number from
9-A to 9-B
X X X X X X X X X
Electrodes, Filler Metals, and Other Consumables
6.18.3 (1) ∆ Cross Section or Wire 
Speed
X
(2) < t or ∆ Chemical 
Composition
X
(3) ∆ Size of Filler Metal X X
(4) ∆ F-Number X X X X X X X X
(5) ∆ Chemistry (i.e., A-No.) X X X X X X X X X
(6) > Diameter X X X X X X
(7) ± or ∆ of Supplementary 
Deoxidizers
X 
(8) ∆ Flux Classification X
(9) ∆ Chemistry by > to < of 
Alloy Flux
X
(10) ∆ Size of Flux Particles X
(11) ∆ Filler Metal Classification X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
(12) ± Consumable Insert X X
(13) ± Filler Metal X X X
(14) ∆ Flux Type or Chemistry X
(15) ∆ Wire to Strip or Vice 
Versa
X X
23
(continued)
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
-
(16) ∆ Guide Type X
(17) ∆ Method of Addition X X X
(18) ∆ Chemical Composition X
(19) ∆ FCAW-S to FCAW-G or 
vice versa
X
(20) ± Supplemental Filler Metal X X X X X X X X
(21) ± Supplemental Powder 
Filler Metal
X
(22) > Supplemental Powder 
Filler Metal
X
(23) ∆ Chemistry by > or < 
Supplemental Powder
X
Positions
6.18.4 (1) + Position (see also 6.4, 6.5, 
or 6.10.6)
X X X X X X
(2) ∆ Position to Vertical X X X X X
Preheat
6.18.5(1) (1) A decrease ≥ 100°F 
[55°C] from minimum 
preheat
X X X X X X X X X
(2) ∆ Temperature X X X X
(3) > Maximum Interpass 
Temperature
X X X X X X
Postweld Heat Treatment
6.18.6(1) (1) ∆ PWHT X X X X X X X X X
(2) ± Solution PWHT for M-8 
Base Metal
X X X X X X X X X
Gas
6.18.7 (1) ± Trailing, Chemical 
Composition, or both
X X
(2) ∆ Gas or Gas Mixture X X X X
(3) ∆ Flow Rate X X X X
(4) ∆ Chemical Composition, 
Flow Rate, or both
X
(5) ± Backing Gas; ∆ Flow 
Rate, Consumption, 
or both
X X X
(6) ∆ Environmental X
Electrical Characteristics
6.18.8 (1) ∆ Current Type (I), Polarity, 
or > Heat input
X X X X X X X X
(2) ∆ Mode of Metal Transfer X X
Table 3 (Continued)
Welding Procedure Process Variables
Section Paragraph/Variable
SMAW SAW FCAW GMAW GTAW PAW ESW EGW EBW
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
24
(continued)
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(3) ± Pulsed Current X X
(4) ± 15% Current or Voltage X X X X X X X X X
(5) ∆ Beam Parameters (EBW) X
(6) ∆ Pulsing Frequency (EBW) X
(7) ∆ Current Type or Polarity X X X X X X X X X
Technique
6.18.9 (1) ∆ Bead Technique X X X X X X
(2) ∆ Method of Back Gouging X X X X X X
(3) ∆ Oscillation X X X X X X X X
(4) ∆ Multiple pass to single 
pass per side
X X X X X X X X X X X X
(5) ∆ Single to Multiple 
electrode, or vice versa
X X X X X X X X X X X X
(6) —Chamber X X
(7) ∆ Melt-in to Keyhole or 
vice versa
X
(8) ± Retainers X X X X X X X X
(9) ∆ Gun Angle X
(10) ∆ Electrode Spacing X X X X X X X
(11) to or Vice Versa X X X X X
(12) ∆ Type or Model of 
Equipment
X
(13) > Absolute Pressure 
(Vacuum)
X
(14) ∆ Filament Configuration X
(15) + Wash pass X
(16) ∆ 1 to 2 Sides or Vice Versa X
General Notes:
1. The symbol A when marked with an “X” signifies that the given variable is essential and must be documented in both the PQR and WPS. If this
variable is changed from that qualified (i.e., documented on the PQR), the welding procedure specification must be requalified.
2. The symbol B when marked with an “X” signifies that the given variable is essential only when fracture toughness is a requirement. When fracture
toughness is a requirement, these variables are the same as those in Note A.
3. The symbol C when marked with an “X” signifies that the given variable is nonessential and may be changed on the WPS without requalification,
but the WPS must be revised.
Table 3 Legend:
∆ = Change SAW = Submerged Arc Welding
+ = Addition SMAW = Shielded Metal Arc Welding
– = Deletion FCAW = Flux Cored Arc Welding
< = Decrease GMAW = Gas Metal Arc Welding
> = Increase GTAW = Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
t = Thickness PAW = Plasma Arc Welding
= Uphill ESW = Electroslag Welding
= Downhill EGW = Electrogas Welding
EBW = Electron Beam Welding
Table 3 (Continued)
Welding Procedure Process Variables
Section Paragraph/Variable
SMAW SAW FCAW GMAW GTAW PAW ESW EGW EBW
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
25
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Table 4
Procedure Qualification Specimens for Groove Welds
1. Tension Tests and Transverse Bend Tests (1)
Thickness (t) of Test Plate or 
Pipe, As Welded Condition,
in. [mm]
Thickness Range of Materials 
Qualified(2) by the Test Plate,
in. [mm] Type and Number of Tests Required (Guided Bend Tests)
Min Max Tension Side Bend Face Bend Root Bend
< 1/16 [2]
≥ 1/16 [2] to ≤ 3/8 [10]
> 3/8 [10] to < 3/4 [20]
≥ 3/4 [20]
t
1/16 [2]
3/16 [5]
3/16 [5]
2t
2t
2t
2t
2
2
2
2
N/A
Note (3)
Note (3)
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2. Tension Tests and Longitudinal Bend Tests (1)
Thickness (t) of Test Plate or 
Pipe, As-Welded Condition,
in. [mm]
Thickness Range of MaterialsQualified(2) by the Test Plate,
in. [mm] Type and Number of Tests Required (Guided Bend Tests)
Min Max Tension Side Bend Face Bend Root Bend
< 1/16 [2]
≥ 1/16 [2] to ≤ 3/8 [10]
> 3/8 [10]
t
1/16 [2]
3/16 [5]
2t
2t
2t
2
2
2
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes:
(1) Either transverse or longitudinal bend tests can be used but both are not required.
(2) See 6.18.2 for further limits on the thickness range qualified.
(3) For materials 3/8 in. [10 mm] or thicker, four side bend tests may be substituted for the required face and root bend tests.
suitable etchant (e.g., see AWS B2.1:2000, Annex A) to
give a clear definition of the weld metal and HAZ.
Visual examination of the cross section shall show fusion
to the root but not necessarily beyond. The weld metal
and HAZ shall be free of cracks, and the welds shall
conform to the applicable weld surface conditions and
weld sizes noted in 7.4.
6.10.6 Production Welding Positions Qualified.
The production welding positions qualified by a WPS
shall conform to the requirements of Table 5.10
6.11 Preparation of Test Joint
6.11.1 Base Metal and Filler Metal. The base metals
and filler metals shall be one or more of those listed in
the WPS. The dimensions of the test assembly shall be
sufficient to provide the required test specimens. The
base metals may consist of plate, pipe, or other product
forms. Qualification in plate also qualifies for pipe weld-
ing and vice versa.
10. Adapted from: AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Table 4.1.
26
6.11.2 Type and Dimension of Groove Welds. The
test joint shall be welded using a type of welding groove
proposed in the WPS within the limits noted in 6.18.1 for
the essential joint design variables listed in Table 3.
6.11.3 Corrosion Resistant Overlay Cladding
6.11.3.1 Test Base Metal. The test base metal for
production base metals greater than 1 in. [25 mm] thick-
ness may be thinner than the base metal thickness used in
production but shall not be less than 1 in. [25 mm]. Qual-
ification for production base metal less than 1 in. [25 mm]
thickness shall be done on test base metal that is equal to
or less than the thickness of the production base metal.
6.11.3.2 Examination. The weld overlay surface
shall be examined by the liquid penetrant method (see
Annex D). Following the liquid penetrant examination,
the weld overlay clad test plate shall be sectioned to
make four guided side-bend test specimens, either two
parallel and two perpendicular to the direction of weld-
ing, or four parallel to the direction of welding, or four
perpendicular to the direction of welding, as shown in
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
27
Figure 11—Test Specimen Layout for Procedure Qualification
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
28
(D) PIPE—1/16 in. [2 mm] TO ≤ 3/4 in. [20 mm]
(E) PIPE—> 3/4 in. [20 mm] THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE
FROM 3/8 in. [10 mm] TO < 3/4 in. [20 mm] THICKNESS
Figure 11 (Continued)—Test Specimen Layout for Procedure Qualification
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source: Adapted from AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Figure 4.19.
Figure 12—Fillet Weld Soundness Test for Procedure Qualification
INCHES MILLIMETERS
Weld Size T1 min* T2 min* Weld Size T1 min* T2 min*
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
>3/4>
1/2
3/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
5
6
8
10
13
16
20
>20>
13
19
25
25
25
25
25
25
5
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
*Note: Where the maximum plate thickness used in production is less than the value
shown in the table, the maximum thickness of the production pieces may be substituted
for T1 and T2.
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Figure 13A. Specifications for these bend specimens are
shown in Figure 13B.
6.11.3.3 Chemical Analysis. A chemical analysis
shall be obtained from the test coupon at the minimum
overlay thickness specified in the WPS. The chemical
analysis of the sample, taken from the corrosion resistant
weld metal overlay clad specimen as shown in Figure
13C, shall be within the range of analysis given in the
WPS.
29
6.11.4 Electron Beam and Laser Beam Welding.
For electron beam and laser beam welding, the WPS
qualification test joint shall be prepared with the joint
geometry duplicating the one to be used in production. If
the production weld is to include a lapover (completing
the weld by rewelding over the starting area of the weld,
as for a girth weld) such lapover shall be included in the
WPS qualification test joint. The mechanical testing out-
lined in Table 4 shall apply for qualification testing.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source: Adapted from AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Table 4.1.
Table 5
Procedure Qualification—Production Welding Positions Qualified by Plate and Pipe Tests
Qualification Test
Type of Weld and Position of Welding Qualified(1)
Production Plate Production Pipe
Groove
Fillet
Groove
FilletPlate or Pipe Weld Type Positions(2) CJP(3) PJP(3) CJP(3) PJP(3)
Plate Groove—Complete Joint Penetration 
(CJP)
1G
2G
3G
4G
F
F, H
V
OH
F
F, H
V
OH
F
F, H
V
OH
F
F, H
V
OH
F
F, H
V
OH
F
F, H
V
OH
Fillet 1F
2F
3F
4F
F
F, H
V
OH
F
F, H
V
OH
Pipe Groove—Complete Joint Penetration 
(CJP)
1G Rotated
2G
5G
2G & 5G
6G
6GR
F
F, H
F, V, OH
All
All
All
F
F, H
F, V, OH
All
All
All
F
F, H
F, V, OH
All
All
All
F
F, H
F, V, OH
All
All
All
F
F, H
F, V, OH
All
All
All
F
F, H
F, V, OH
All
All
All
Fillet 1F Rotated
2F
2F Rotated
4F
5F
F
F, H
F, H
F, H, OH
All
F
F, H
F, H
F, H, OH
All
Notes:
(1) Positions for welding: F = flat, H = horizontal, V = vertical, OH = overhead.
(2) See Figures 2, 3, 5A, and 5B.
(3) CJP = Complete Joint Penetration; PJP = Partial Joint Penetration.
Part C—Performance Qualification
6.12 Performance Qualification Tests
6.12.1 Purpose of Tests. The performance qualifica-
tion tests are intended to determine the ability of welders
and welding operators to make sound welds.
6.12.2 Qualification Tests. Each Manufacturer, Fab-
ricator, Repair Organization, or contractor shall qualify
each welder or welding operator for each welding pro-
cess to be used by that individual in production. The per-
formance qualification test shall be welded in
conformance to one of the qualified welding procedure
specifications, except for departures that are allowed as
given below. When performance qualification is done in
conformance to a WPS that requires postweld heat treat-
30
ments, the postweld heat treatment may be omitted.
Changes, beyond which requalification is required, are
given in 6.13.6 for welding positions, in 6.14.2 for
welder testing, and in 6.14.3 for welding operator testing.
Retest and renewal requirements for qualification are
given in 6.16 and 6.17.
The welder or welding operator who prepares the
WPS qualification test coupons meeting the require-
ments of Section 6—Part B is also qualified within the
limits of the performance qualifications, listed in 6.14.2
for welders and in 6.14.3 for welding operators. The
welder is qualified for the welding positions tested in the
procedure qualification in conformance to 6.13.6.
The performance test may be terminated at any stage
of the testing procedure whenever it becomes apparent to
the supervisor conducting the tests that the welder or
welding operator does not have the required skill to pro-
duce satisfactory results.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproductionor networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
31
Source of sketch and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure 2.8.
Figure 13A—Location of Cladding Test Specimens
Source of sketches and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-4A.
Figure 13B—Weld Cladding Side Bend Specimens
Base Metal Thickness (T) Test Specimen Thickness (TS)
1/8 to 3/8 in. [3 to 10 mm] T
> 3/8 in. [10 mm] 3/8 in. [10 mm]
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source of sketch and dimensional requirements: AWS B2.1:2000, Figure II-4B.
Figure 13C—Weld Cladding and Hardfacing Chemical Analysis Specimens
6.12.3 Identification of Welders and Welding
Operators. Each qualified welder and welding operator
shall be assigned by the Manufacturer, Fabricator, Repair
Organization, or contractor an identifying number, letter,
or symbol that shall be used to identify the work of that
welder or welding operator.
6.12.4 Performance Qualification Test Record. The
performance qualification test records shall list, in detail,
the base metal M-numbers used, the filler metals used,
and any other variables described in Table 6. Copies of
the test record shall be available for reference by the
welding Inspector or other designated representatives of
the buyer or seller. Recommended forms are shown in
Annex B.
6.13 Type of Test Required
6.13.1 Mechanical Test. The type and number of test
specimens required for mechanical testing shall be in
conformance to Table 7. All mechanical tests shall meet
the requirements prescribed in 6.7.3, 6.8.3, 6.10.5.4, or
6.13.5.2, as applicable.
6.13.2 Radiographic Examination. When the welder
or welding operator is qualified by radiographic exami-
nation, as permitted in 6.14.2 for welders and 6.14.3 for
welding operators, the minimum length for welds to be
examined shall be 6 in. [150 mm] and shall include the
entire weld circumference for pipes; for small diameter
pipe, multiple specimens may be required, but the num-
ber need not exceed four consecutively made test welds.
The radiographic technique and acceptance criteria shall
be in conformance to Annex D.
32
6.13.3 Test Welds in Pipe. For welds made in pipe
positions, the test specimens shall be removed as shown
in Figures 14(A) and 14(B).
6.13.4 Test Welds in Plate. For test welds made in
any plate position, 1 in. [25 mm] from each end shall be
discarded from each of the test plates [see Figures 14(C)
and 14(D)].
6.13.5 Test Welds with Fillets. For test welds made
for fillet weld qualifications, the specimens shall be visu-
ally examined for cracks, other discrepancies, and weld
size. The weld and HAZ shall be free of cracks, and the
welds shall conform to the applicable weld surface con-
ditions and weld sizes noted in 7.4. After completion of
the visual examination, the test samples shall be removed
as shown in Figure 15A.
6.13.5.1 Bend-Break Test for Fillet Welds. The
fillet weld bend-break specimen shall be bent with the
root in tension, as shown in Figure 15B, until the speci-
men either fractures, or until it is bent flat upon itself.
6.13.5.2 Bend-Break Test Acceptance Criteria.
The specimen shall pass if it does not fracture, or if the
fillet fractures, the fractured surface shall show complete
fusion to the joint root and shall exhibit no inclusion or
porosity larger than 3/32 in. [2.4 mm] in its greatest
dimension.
6.13.6 Limits of Qualified Welding Positions. The
positions for which welders are qualified to perform pro-
duction welds shall be in conformance to Table 8.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Table 6
Essential Variables for Welder Performance Qualification
Variables Para. Subject
Processes
SMAW SAW GMAW FCAW GTAW PAW
Joints
6.18.1 (3) – Backing in CP Joints X X X X X X
Filler Metals
6.18.3 (24) ∆ F-number X X X X X X
(25) Qual. F-2X Al. X X X
(26) ± Preplaced Inserts X X
Position
6.18.4 (1) + Position X X X X X X
Gas
6.18.7 (5) – Gas Backing X X X
Electrical
6.18.8 (2) ∆ Mode of Transfer X
Technique
6.18.9 (11) ∆ to or Vice Versa X X X X X
General Notes:
1. If an “X” is displayed under the process, it establishes an essential variable on the welder's qualification. The variables are shown in Section 6.18.
2. See Table 8 for welding positions qualified.
Table Legend:
∆ = Change
+ = Addition
– = Deletion
= Uphill
= Downhill
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
6.14 Essential Variables for Qualifying Welders and
Welding Operators
6.14.1 General. A welder shall be requalified when-
ever a change is made in one or more of the essential
variables listed for each welding process shown in Table
6 and as specified in 6.14.2. Welding operators shall be
requalified as specified in 6.14.3.
When a welding procedure consists of more than one
process, the welder or welding operator may be qualified
by making tests with each individual welding process or
with a combination of welding processes in a single test
plate or pipe.
The limits of thickness for which a welder or welding
operator will be qualified are dependent upon the thick-
33
ness of the weld made by the welder with each process.
This thickness shall be considered the test plate or pipe
thickness as given in Table 7.
6.14.2 Welder Testing. Each welder who welds
under the requirements of this specification shall have
passed the mechanical tests prescribed in Table 7 for per-
formance qualifications. Alternatively, welders making a
groove weld in M-1 through M-11, M-3X, and M-4X
base metals with the shielded metal arc welding
(SMAW) process, gas metal arc welding (GMAW) pro-
cess (except short circuiting), flux cored arc welding
(FCAW) process, submerged arc welding (SAW) pro-
cess, or the gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) process (or
a combination of these processes) may be qualified by
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
34
Table 7
Test Specimens for Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators
Plate Transverse Bend Tests (1)
Type of Weld
Thickness (t)
of Test Plate,
As-Welded Condition, 
in. [mm]
Thickness Range of 
Materials Qualified by
Test Plate, in. [mm]
Type and Number
of Tests Required
(Guided Bend Tests)
T-Joint 
Macro
T-Joint 
BreakMin Max Side Bend Face Bend Root Bend
Groove ≥ 1/16 [2] to ≤ 3/8 [10] 1/16 [2] 2t 1 1
Groove > 3/8 [10] to < 3/4 [20] 3/16 [5] 2t 1 1
Groove > 3/8 [10] to < 3/4 [20] 3/16 [5] 2t Note (2)
Groove ≥ 3/4 [20] 3/16 [5] Unlimited(3) 2
T-Joint Fillet Weld Tests
Fillet All thicknesses, sizes, 
and diameters
1 1
Plate Longitudinal Bend Tests (1)
Type of Weld
Thickness (t)
of Test Plate,
As-Welded Condition,
in. [mm]
Thickness Range of 
Materials Qualified by
Test Plate, in. [mm]
Type and Number
of Tests Required
(Guided Bend Tests)
Min Max Face Bend Root Bend
Groove ≥ 1/16 [2] to ≤ 3/8 [10] 1/16 [2] 2t 1 1
Groove > 3/8 [10] 3/16 [5] 2t 1 1
Pipe Groove Weld Bend Tests
Nominal Pipe 
Size of Sample 
Weld, in. [mm]
Outside Diameter
Qualified, in. [mm]
(No Maximum)
Pipe or Tube Wall 
Thickness Range 
Qualified, in. [mm]
Type and Number
of Tests Required
(Guided Bend Tests)
Min Max Side Bend Face Bend Root Bend
< 3/4 [20] Minimum of lot less 
than size welded
1/16 [2] 2t 2 2
≥ 3/4 [20] to
≤ 2 [50]
≥ 7/8 [22] 1/16 [2] 2t Note (2) 2 2
> 2 [50] for
t ≥ 1/16 [2] to
< 3/4 [20]
≥ 2-1/8 [54] 1/16 [2] 2t Note (2) 2 2
> 2 [50] for
t ≥ 3/4 [20]
≥ 2-3/8 [60] 3/16 [5] Unlimited(3) 4
Notes:
(1) Either transverse or longitudinal bend tests may be used, but both are not required.
(2) Side bend tests may be substitutedfor the required face and root bend tests for material thicknesses ≥ 3/8 in. [10 mm] to < 3/4 in. [20 mm].
(3) Unlimited thickness is based on thickness unit of the qualified weld procedure.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
35
(A) PIPE—1/16 in. [2 mm] TO < 3/4 in. [20 mm]
(B) PIPE—≥ 3/4 in. [20 mm] THICKNESS AND ALTERNATE
FROM 3/8 in. [10 mm] TO < 3/4 in. [20 mm] THICKNESS
Figure 14—Test Specimen Layout for
Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
36
(C) PLATES—TRANSVERSE
(D) PLATES—LONGITUDINAL
Figure 14 (Continued)—Test Specimen Layout for
Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
37
Figure 15A—Fillet Weld Test Specimen Layout for
Performance Qualification of Welders and Welding Operators
Source of sketch and dimensional requirements: AWS D14.3/D14.3M:2000, Figure 29B.
Figure 15B—Method of Applying Load on Fillet-Weld Break-Test Specimen
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Table 8
Welder Qualification—Production Welding Positions Qualified by Plate and Pipe Test Welds
Qualification Test Weld
Plate or Pipe 
Position(2)
Type of Weld and Position of Welding Qualified(1)
Plate Pipe
Weld Type Groove Fillet(3) Groove Fillet(3)
Plate—groove 1G
2G
3G
4G
3G + 4G
F
F, H
F, H, V
F, OH
All
F, H
F, H
F, H, V
F, H, OH
All
F, H
F, H
F, H, V
F, H, OH
All
F, H
F, H
F, H, V
F, H, OH
All
Plate—fillet(3) 1F
2F
3F
4F
3F + 4F
F
F, H
F, H, V
F, H, OH
All
F
F, H
F, H, V
F, H, OH
All
Pipe—groove 1G Rotated
2G
5G
6G
2G + 5G
6GR
F
F, H
F, V, OH
Note (4)
Note (4)
All
F, H
F, H
F, V, OH
Note (4)
Note (4)
All
F
F, H
F, V, OH
Note (4)
Note (4)
All
F, H
F, H
F, V, OH
Note (4)
Note (4)
All
Pipe—fillet(3)
1F Rotated
2F
2F Rotated
4F
5F
F
F, H
F, H
F, H, OH
All
F
F, H
F, H
F, H, OH
All
Notes:
(1) Positions for welding: F = flat, H = horizontal, V = vertical, OH = overhead.
(2) See Figures 2, 3A, 3B, 4, and 5.
(3) Not applicable for fillet welds between parts having a dihedral angle of 75° or less.
(4) Qualifies for all but groove welds for T-, Y-, and K- connections.
radiographic examination. The welder who makes
groove welds in M-2X and M-5X metals with the
GTAW process may, alternatively, be qualified by radio-
graphic examination. The radiographic examination shall
conform to Annex D of this specification. A welder qual-
ified to one WPS is also qualified to other WPSs using
the same welding process, within the limits of the essen-
tial variables of Table 6.
6.14.3 Welding Operator Testing. A successful WPS
qualification test qualifies both the process and the weld-
ing operator who welded the test assembly for that pro-
cess. A welding operator qualified to one WPS is also
qualified to other WPSs using the same welding process,
except that a change in any variable listed below from that
which was used in the welding operator’s qualification
test will require requalification of the welding operator:
38
(1) A change in welding process except that welding
operators qualified with GMAW spray, pulsed spray, or
globular transfer are also qualified to weld with gas
shielded FCAW and vice versa,
(2) A change from direct visual to remote visual con-
trol or vice versa,
(3) A change in position except as permitted in Table 8,
(4) Deletion of consumable inserts,
(5) For GMAW welding, a change from any transfer
mode to the short-circuiting mode,
(6) A change in base metal except as permitted by
Table 9.
6.14.3.1 Examination. Welds made in test assem-
blies may be examined by radiography or by bend tests.
Alternatively, a 3 ft [1 m] length of the first production
weld made by the welding operator in conformance to a
qualified WPS may be examined by radiography.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Table 9
Allowable Base Metals for Performance Qualification
Test Weldment Material(1) Qualifies for Production Welding Materials(2)
M-1 through M-11, M-34, and M-41 through M-47
M-21 through M-27
M-31, M-32, M-33, and M-35
M-34 or M-42
M-51 through M-54, M-61, and M-62
M-83
M-1 through M-11, M34, and M-41 through M-47 materials
Any M-21 through M-27 material
Only the specific M-number used in the qualification test.
Any M-34 and M-41 through M-47 material
M-51 through M-55, M-61, and M-62 materials
Any M-83 material
Notes:
1) If materials not listed in Annexes I or II are used for qualification tests, the welder or welding operator shall be qualified only to weld on the material
used in the test weldment.
(2) Also qualifies unlisted materials of similar composition to the test materials.
(1) Reference Annex D for radiographic technique
and acceptance criteria.
(2) When bend tests are employed for performance
qualifications of a welding operator, they shall meet the
requirements of 6.8.3 as required by Table 7.
6.14.3.2 Failure to Meet Radiographic Stan-
dards. If a portion of a production weld, for which this
specification does not require radiography, is selected for
testing the welding operator’s performance and does not
meet the radiographic standards, the welding operator has
failed the test. In this event, the entire production weld
made by this welding operator shall be radiographed and
repaired by a qualified welder or welding operator.
6.15 Qualification Test Joints
6.15.1 Test Assemblies. The test assemblies may be
plate, pipe, or other product forms (see Table 7).
39
Table
Allowable Filler Metals for P
Filler Metal Used in Qualification Test Qualifies a We
F-Numbers 1 through 5
F-Number 6(1)
F-Number 2X
F-Number 3X
F-Number 4X
F-Number 5X
F-Number 61
F-Number 71
F-Number 72
The F-Number
All F-Number
All F-Number
Only the speci
F-Number 1 th
All F-Number
All F-Number
Only the speci
Only the speci
Note:
(1) Deposited solid bare wire, which is not covered by an AWS specifica
considered classified as F-Number 6.
6.15.2 Pipe Joint Size. Welders and welding opera-
tors qualifying using pipe shall use a pipe of the diameter
and thickness that meets the requirements of the produc-
tion work they will be welding, as identified by the
requirements of Table 7.
6.15.3 Plate Joint Size. Welders and welding opera-
tors who are qualifying using plate shall use a plate 6 in.
[150 mm] long. The thickness of the plate used shall meet
the production requirements for the work they will be
welding in accordance with the requirements of Table 7.
6.15.4 Welder performance qualification is valid only
for metals having the same M-numbers, except as other-
wise permitted in Table 9. Tests shall be performed using
a filler metal which has an assigned F-number listed in
Table 1. Table 10 provides a matrix showing filler met-
als, which if used in qualification testing, will qualify
 10
erformance Qualification
lder or Welding Operator to Use the Filler Metal Listed Below
 used in the test and any lower F-Number filler metal
 6 filler metals
 2X filler metals
fic F-Number 3X filler metal
rough 5 and all F-Number 4X filler metals
 5X filler metals
 61 filler metals
fic F-Number 71 filler metal
fic F-Number 72 filler metal
tion but which conforms to an A-Numberanalysis in Table 11, may be
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
that welder or welding operator to use other filler metals
without further testing. A test using a filler metal not
assigned an F-number in Table 1 shall qualify only for
that filler metal, except that welding operator qualifica-
tion tests made using any filler metal will qualify for any
other filler metal.
6.15.5 Corrosion Resistant Weld Overlay Clad-
ding. Welders and welding operators who have been
qualified for plate or pipe groove welds using the appli-
cable F-number filler metal and applicable welding pro-
cess to be used for the production cladding shall be
qualified to perform the production work.
6.16 Retests. A welder or welding operator who fails to
meet the requirements of the test may be retested under
the following conditions.
6.16.1 Where immediate retesting is made, the welder
or welding operator must make two consecutive test
welds for each position failed, and each shall pass the
test that originally failed.
6.16.2 When the welder or welding operator has had
further training and practice, a complete retest shall be
made for each position failed. Each retest must be tested
and meet the original test requirement.
6.17 Renewal of Qualification. Renewal of perfor-
mance qualification is required when a welder or weld-
ing operator has not used the specific process (i.e.,
SMAW, GMAW, SAW, etc.) for a period of 6 months or
more. When there is a specific reason to question the per-
formance of the welder or welding operator to make
welds that meet the specification, requalification is
required. Renewal of qualification for a specific welding
process may be made with that process by making only
one test joint (plate or pipe) with all of the essential vari-
ables used on any one of the welder’s or welding opera-
tor’s qualifications for all conditions previously qualified
with the specific welding process.
Part D—Welding Process Variables
6.18 General. The welding process variables described
in the following paragraphs are either essential to the
PQR, supplementary to the PQR, or nonessential to the
PQR, but are required to be stated in the WPS. The
essential and nonessential variables for each welding
process are tabulated in Table 3 (see 6.10.2).
6.18.1 Joints. When listed in Table 3 as an essential
variable for the welding process used, the following
changes require requalification:
40
(1) A change in the dimension of the welding groove
(regardless of groove type) exceeding the following:
(a) Root opening, with backing, +1/4 in. [6 mm],
–1/16 in. [2 mm].
(b) Root face, +20% when back gouging is not
used.
(c) Groove angle, +20°, –5°.
(d) Groove radius, +1/8 in. [3 mm], –0.
(2) The addition or deletion of backing.
(3) The deletion of backing in complete joint pene-
tration welds welded from one side.
(4) The addition of backing and its nominal
composition.
(5) An increase in the fit-up gap beyond that initially
qualified.
6.18.2 Base Metals. When listed in Table 3 as an
essential variable for the welding process used, the
following changes require requalification:
(1) Where the measurement of penetration can be
made by visual or mechanical means, requalification is
required where the base-metal thickness differs by 20%
from that of the test-plate thickness when the test plate
thickness is ≤ 1 in. [25 mm], and 10% when the test-plate
thickness is > 1 in. [25 mm]. Where the measurement of
penetration cannot be made, requalification is required
where the base-metal thickness differs by 10% from that
of the test plate when the test plate thickness is ≤ 1 in.
[25 mm], and 5% when the test plate thickness is > 1 in.
[25 mm].
(2) Welding procedure qualification for base metals
that have specified impact test requirements shall be
made using a base metal of the same type or grade or
another base metal listed in the same group (see Annex I)
as the base metal to be used in production welding.
When joints are to be made between base metals from
two different groups, a procedure qualification must be
made for the applicable combination of base metals,
even though procedure qualification tests have been
made for each of the two base metals welded to them. If
the procedure qualification test for each base metal has
used the same electrode or weld metal to qualify the two
base metals separately, it will not be necessary to make
weld impact tests to qualify the two together.
When a procedure has been previously qualified to
satisfy all requirements other than notch toughness, it is
then necessary only to prepare an additional test plate for
that requirement. The test plates need to be long enough
to provide the necessary notch toughness specimens. If a
previously qualified weld procedure has satisfactory
notch toughness values in the weld metal, then it is nec-
essary only to test notch toughness specimens from the
heat-affected zone.
(3) The minimum base metal thickness qualified is
the thickness (t) of the test coupon or 5/8 in. [16 mm],
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
whichever is less. This limitation does not apply when a
WPS is qualified with a PWHT above the upper transfor-
mation temperature or when an austenitic material is
solution annealed after welding.
(4) A change in base-metal thickness beyond the
range qualified in Table 4.
(5) For single or multiple-pass welding in which the
depth of any pass is greater than 1/2 in. [13 mm], an
increase in thickness beyond 1.1 times that of the qualifi-
cation test plate or pipe.
(6) For the short-circuiting transfer mode of the
GMAW process where the qualification test coupon
thickness is less than 1/2 in. [13 mm], an increase in
thickness beyond 1.1 times that of the qualification test
coupon. For thicknesses of 1/2 in. [13 mm] and greater,
see Table 4.
(7) A change from a base metal listed under one M-
number to a base metal listed under another M-number.
When joints are made between two base metals that have
different M-numbers, requalification is required even
though the two base metals have been independently
qualified using the same procedure. However, for base
metals of M-numbers 1, 3, 4, and 5 (of 3% maximum
nominal chromium content), a procedure qualification
test with one M-number metal shall qualify also for that
M-number metal welded to each of the lower M-number
metals, but not vice versa.
(8) A change from M-9A to M-9B, but not vice versa.
6.18.3 Electrodes, Filler Metals and Fluxes.
When listed in Table 3 as an essential variable for the
41
Table
A-Number Classification of Weld Metal
A-No. Types of Weld Deposit
C
%
C
%
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Mild Steel
Carbon-molybdenum
Cr (0.4 to 2%)-Mo
Cr (2 to 6%)-Mo
Cr (6 to 10.5)-Mo
Chromium-martensitic
Chromium-ferritic
Chromium-nickel
Chromium-nickel
Nickel to 4%
Manganese-molybdenum
Nickel-chromium-molybdenum
0.20
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.30
0.15
0.17
0.15
0.
0.40
2.00
6.00
11.00
11.00
14.50
25.00
1.
Note:
(1) Values in weight %. Single values shown are maximums.
welding process used, the following changes require
requalification:
(1) A change in the cross-sectional area of the filler
metal added (excluding buttering) or in the wire feed
speed greater than ±10% beyond that qualified.
(2) A decrease in the thickness or change in nominal
specified chemical analysis of weld-metal buttering
beyond that qualified. (Buttering or surfacing is the
deposition of weld metal on one or both faces of the joint
prior to preparation of the joint for final welding.)
(3) A change in the size of the filler metal.
(4) A change from one F-number in Table 1 to any
other F-number or to any other filler metal not listed inTable 3, except qualification under any F-number up to
and including F-4. Qualification with an F-2X aluminum
filler metal shall qualify to weld with any other F-2X
filler metal.
(5) A change in the chemical composition of the weld
deposit from one A-number to any other A-number in
Table 11 or to a deposit analysis not listed in Table 11,
except that qualification with A-1 shall qualify for A-2,
and vice versa.
(6) An increase in electrode and filler metal diameter
as shown below:
(a) For SMAW and SAW: >1/32 in. [1 mm]
increase;
(b) For FCAW, GMAW, ESW, and EGW: range
of increase = 0.010 to 0.016 in. [0.25 to 0.4 mm] or one
increment, depending on size being used.
 11
 Analysis for Procedure Qualification
Analysis(1)
r Mo
%
Ni
%
Mn
%
Si
%
50
–2.00
–6.00
–10.50
–15.00
–30.00
–30.00
–30.00
50
0.40–0.65
0.40–0.65
0.40–1.50
0.40–1.50
0.70
1.00
4.00
4.00
0.55
0.25–0.75
0.25–0.80
7.50–15.00
15.00–37.00
0.80–4.00
0.85
1.25–2.80
1.60
1.60
1.60
1.60
1.20
2.00
1.00
2.50
2.50
1.70
1.25–2.25
0.75–2.25
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
1.00
3.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
(7) Addition, deletion, or changes in nominal amount
or composition of supplementary deoxidation material
(in addition to filler metal) beyond that qualified. (Such
supplementary material may be required for weld metal
deoxidation for some metals being welded.)
(8) A change from one flux classification listed in a
specification to any other flux classification. In addition,
a change in either the electrode or the flux when not clas-
sified in a specification. The presence or absence of 0.5%
molybdenum in the electrode and flux combination shall
not require requalification.
(9) Where the alloy content of the weld metal is
largely dependent upon the composition of the flux used,
any change in any part of the welding procedure that
would result in the important alloying elements in the
weld metal being outside of the specification range of
chemistry given in the welding procedure specification.
If there is evidence that the production welds are not
being made in conformance to the welding procedure
specification (WPS), the Buyer’s Inspector may require
that a check be made on the chemical composition of the
weld metal. Such a check shall preferably be made on a
production weld.
(10) A change in the size of flux particles.
(11) A change in the AWS filler metal classification or
a change in a weld metal or filler metal composition not
covered by AWS specifications.
(12) The addition or deletion of consumable inserts.
When added, a change in the consumable insert’s com-
position beyond that specified in the qualified WPS.
Qualification in a single-welded groove joint, with or
without consumable inserts, qualifies for fillet welds and
single-welded groove joints with backing or double-
welded groove joints.
(13) The addition or deletion of filler metal.
(14) A change in the type of flux or composition of the
flux.
(15) A change from wire to strip electrodes, and vice
versa.
(16) A change from consumable guide to nonconsum-
able guide, and vice versa.
(17) Any change in the method by which filler metal is
added, such as pre-placed shim, top strip, wire, wire
feed, or prior weld metal buttering of one or both joint
faces.
(18) For filler metal additions, any change from the
nominal specified analysis of the filler metal qualified.
(19) A change from gas-shielded flux cored wire to
self-shielded flux cored wire, and vice versa.
(20) The addition or deletion of supplemental filler
metal.
(21) The addition or deletion of supplementary pow-
dered filler metal.
42
(22) An increase in the amount of supplementary pow-
dered filler metal.
(23) Where the alloy content of the weld metal is
largely dependent upon the composition of the supple-
mental powdered filler metal, any change in any part of
the welding procedure that would result in the important
alloying elements in the weld metal being outside of the
specification range of chemistry given in the welding
procedure specification.
(24) A change from one F-number in Table 1 to any
other F-number, or to another filler metal not listed,
except qualification under any F-number up to and
including F-4, with a total nominal alloy content not
exceeding 6%, shall qualify a welder for all lower F-
numbers.
(25) Qualification with an F-2X aluminum filler metal
shall qualify to weld with any other F-2X filler metal.
(26) The addition or deletion of pre-placed consum-
able inserts. Qualification in a single-welded groove
joint, with or without consumable inserts, qualifies for
fillet welds and single-welded groove joints with backing
or double-welded groove joints.
6.18.4 Welding Positions. The production welding
positions qualified by a WPS shall conform to the
requirements of Table 5. Welding positions qualified by
performance tests are shown in Table 8.
6.18.5 Preheat. When listed in Table 3 as an essential
variable for the welding process used, the following
changes require requalification:
(1) A decrease of 100°F [55°C] or more in the mini-
mum specified preheat or interpass temperature from that
qualified.
(2) A change in the maintenance of temperature upon
completion of welding prior to any required postweld
heat treatment.
(3) An increase in the maximum preheat or interpass
temperature from that qualified.
6.18.6 Postweld Heat Treatment. When listed in
Table 3 as an essential variable for the welding process
used, the following changes require requalification:
(1) A change in the specified postweld heat treatment
temperature range requires WPS qualification for each of
the following conditions:
(a) Where no postweld heat treatment is used.
(b) Where postweld heat treatment is used
(which is defined as below the critical range).
(c) Where a heat treatment of the weldment is
applied above the upper critical range without additional
postweld heat treatment.
(d) Where a heat treatment of the weldment is
applied above the upper transformation temperature
range with additional postweld heat treatment.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
(2) For M-8 base metal, the addition or deletion of a
solution or stabilizing heat treatment.
6.18.7 Gas. When listed in Table 3 as an essential
variable for the welding process used, the following
changes require requalification:
(1) The deletion of trailing shielding gas or a change
in the composition, or both.
(2) A change from a single gas to any other single gas
or a mixture of gases, or a change in specified percentage
composition of a gas mixture, or deletion of shielding
gas.
(3) A decrease of more than 10% or an increase
greater than 25% in the rate of flow of the shielding gas
or mixture. The rate of shielding gas flow specified in the
WPS qualification may not be satisfactory in all applica-
tions unless the welding area on the weldment is properly
and adequately protected from atmospheric disturbances.
(4) A change in composition and flow rates of orifice
gas or shielding gas.
(5) The addition or deletion of gas backing, or a
change of the gas backing flow rate or composition.
(6) Any change of environment such as from a vac-
uum to an inert gas, or vice versa.
6.18.8 Electrical Characteristics. When listed in
Table 3 as an essential variable for the welding process
used, the following changes require requalification:
(1) A change in the type of current or polarity or an
increase in heat input.
(2) A change from spray transfer, globular transfer,
or pulsed spray welding to short circuiting transfer, or
vice versa.
(3) The addition or deletion of pulsed dc current.
(4) A change of ±15% from the current or voltage
ranges qualified.
(5) A changein the beam current of more than ±5%,
or voltage of more than ±2%, or beam focus current of
more than ±5%, or gun-to-work distance of more than
±5%, or a change in oscillation length or width of more
than ±20% from those values previously qualified.
(6) Any change in the beam pulsing frequency dura-
tion from that qualified.
(7) A change in the type of current or polarity.
6.18.9 Technique. When listed in Table 3 as an
essential variable for the welding process used, the fol-
lowing changes require requalification:
(1) A change from the stringer bead technique to the
weave bead technique, or vice versa.
(2) A change in the method of back gouging.
(3) A change in the width, frequency, or dwell time
of oscillation.
(4) A change from multiple pass per side to single
pass per side.
43
(5) A change from single electrode to multiple elec-
trodes, or vice versa.
(6) A change from closed chamber to out-of-chamber
conventional torch welding in M-5X metals, but not vice
versa.
(7) A change from the melt-in technique to the key-
hole technique of welding, or vice versa, or the inclusion
of both techniques, though each has been individually
qualified.
(8) The addition or deletion of nonmetallic retainers
or nonfusing metal retainers.
(9) A change in the gun angle (axis of the beam).
(10) A change in the electrode spacing.
(11) A change from upward to downward, or from
downward to upward, in the progression specified for
any pass of a vertical weld, except that the cover or wash
pass may be up or down. The root pass may also be run
either up or down when the root pass is removed to
sound weld metal in the preparation for welding the
second side.
(12) A change in the type or model of the welding
equipment.
(13) An increase in the absolute pressure of the vac-
uum welding environment beyond that qualified.
(14) Any change in filament type, size, or shape.
(15) The addition of a wash pass.
(16) A change of welding from one side to welding
from both sides, or vice versa.
6.19 Special Processes
6.19.1 Corrosion Resistant Weld Metal Overlay.
Welding procedure specifications (WPS) qualified for
corrosion resistant overlay welding in conformance to
6.11.3 shall be required to identify the essential variables
listed in this section. Any change in the qualified essen-
tial variables shall require requalification.
6.19.1.1 Essential Variables—All Welding Pro-
cesses. For all welding processes, the WPS shall be set
up as a new WPS and shall be completely requalified for
any of the following changes:
(1) A change from one welding process to any other
welding process or combination of welding processes.
(2) A change from the base metal listed under one
M-number in Annexes I or II to a metal listed under
another M-number or to any other base metal group.
(3) A change in the composition of the deposited
weld metal from one A-number in Table 11 to any other
A-number or to an analysis not listed in the table. Each
American Iron Steel Institute (AISI) material of an A-8
or A-9 analysis (e.g, type 308, 309, 316) of Table 11, and
each nonferrous alloy in Table 1 shall require separate
WPS qualification.
(4) The addition of welding positions other than
those already qualified.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(5) An increase or decrease of 100°F [55°C] or more
in the minimum specified preheat temperature, or a
change in the specified minimum or maximum interpass
temperature.
(6) A change in the specified postweld heat treatment
temperature, or an increase of 25% or more in the total
time at postweld heat-treating temperature.
(7) A change from multiple-layer to single-layer
cladding, or vice versa.
(8) A change in type of current (AC or DC) or
polarity.
6.19.1.2 Essential Variables—Shielded Metal
Arc Welding. For SMAW, the WPS shall be set up as a
new WPS and shall be completely requalified when any
of the following changes are made in addition to the
essential variables given in 6.19.1.1.
(1) A change in the nominal electrode diameter used
for the first layer of deposit.
(2) An increase of more than 10% in the current used
in application for the first layer.
6.19.1.3 Essential Variables—Submerged Arc
Welding, Gas Metal Arc Welding, Flux Core Arc
Welding, or Gas Tungsten Arc Welding. For SAW,
GMAW, FCAW, or GTAW, the WPS shall be set up as a
new WPS and shall be completely requalified when any
of the following changes are made in addition to the
essential variables given in 6.19.1.1.
(1) For SAW, a change in the trade designation or
type of flux used. Requalification is not required for a
change in flux particle size.
(2) A change from single-electrode to multiple-
electrode techniques, or vice versa. A multiple-electrode
process is defined as one in which two or more welding
electrodes are acting on the same molten weld pool.
(3) The addition or deletion of supplementary filler
metal to the welding arc.
(4) The addition or deletion of oscillation of the elec-
trode or electrodes.
(5) A change in the cross-sectional area of the elec-
trodes or supplementary filler metal.
(6) An increase of more than 10% in the welding
current beyond the range specified.
(7) A change in the voltage beyond the range
specified.
(8) A variation of more than 10% in travel speed.
(9) In GMAW, FCAW, and GTAW, a change from a
single gas to any other single gas or to a mixture of
gases, or vice versa; a change in the specified percentage
composition of a gas mixture; a decrease of 10% or more
in the rate of flow of shielding gas or gas mixture.
6.19.1.4 Nonessential Variables. Changes other
than those given in 6.19.1.1 through 6.19.1.3 may be
made in a procedure without the necessity for requalifi-
44
cation, provided the procedure specification is amended
to show the changes.
7. Fabrication Requirements
7.1 General
7.1.1 All applicable paragraphs of this section shall be
observed in the production and inspection of welded
assemblies and structures produced by any of the pro-
cesses acceptable under this specification.
7.1.2 All items of equipment for welding, oxygen
cutting, and arc gouging shall be so designed and
manufactured and be in such condition as to enable qual-
ified welders and welding operators to follow the proce-
dures and attain the results prescribed elsewhere in this
specification.
7.1.3 Welding shall not be done when the ambient
temperature is lower than 0°F [–20°C], when surfaces
are wet or exposed to rain, snow, or high wind, or when
welders are exposed to inclement weather conditions.
Unless specified otherwise herein, the minimum base-
metal temperature for welding shall be 50°F [10°C].
Local protection and heating may be used to correct
these conditions.
7.1.4 Welds shall be as specified by design require-
ments and detailed drawings. The location of welds shall
not be changed without design engineering approval and
drawing revisions.
7.1.5 Production welding shall be accomplished using
a welding procedure specification (WPS) qualified in
conformance to Section 6, Part B of this document.
7.1.6 Welders or welding operators performing pro-
duction welding shall be qualified in conformance to
Section 6, Part C of this document.
7.1.7 Welds requiring a combination of processes
may be performed by one or more welders or welding
operators. Welders or welding operators may perform
only that portion of the weld for which they have been
qualified.
7.2 Preparation of Base Metal
7.2.1 Surfaces and edges to be welded shall be
smooth, uniform, and free from fins, tears, cracks, and
other discontinuities that would adversely affect the
quality or strength of the weld. Surfaces to be welded
shall also be free from moisture, loose or thick scale,
slag, rust, grease, or other foreign material that will inter-
fere with producing sound welds.
Copyright American WeldingSociety 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
7.2.2 Surfaces within 1/2 in. [13 mm] of any weld
location shall be free from any paint or other material
that would prevent proper welding.
7.2.3 Machining, air carbon arc or oxygen cutting or
gouging, plasma arc cutting, chipping, or grinding may
be used for the preparation of base metal, back gouging,
or the removal of defective welds or metal. Oxygen
gouging shall not be used on quenched and tempered
steel. When oxygen, air carbon arc, or plasma arc cutting
is employed, all scale, slag, gouges, or other irregulari-
ties on the surface shall be removed by mechanical
means. Thermally cut or gouged surfaces of M-8 base
metal shall be ground to bright metal. All re-entrant cor-
ners shall be free from sharp notches.
7.2.4 The type of material used for backing straps,
rings, and spacer blocks shall be as specified in the
design drawings or approved welding procedure.
7.3 Assembly
7.3.1 The parts to be joined by fillet welds shall be
brought into contact as close as practicable. The root
opening shall not exceed 3/16 in. [5 mm] except when
the geometry of the joint will not allow the root opening
to be closed sufficiently to meet this tolerance. In such
cases a maximum root opening of 5/16 in. [8 mm] may
be used provided suitable backing is used. Backing may
be of flux, glass tape, iron powder, or similar suitable
material. Backing may also be produced by the deposi-
tion of weld beads on the edge of the mating member
using a qualified welding procedure specification com-
patible with the weld procedure used to make the final
fillet weld. If the root opening is greater than 1/16 in.
[2 mm], the leg of the fillet weld shall be increased by
the amount of the root opening or the contractor shall
demonstrate that the effective throat depth has been
attained. The separation between faying surfaces of lap
joints shall not exceed 1/16 in. [2 mm]. The separation
between the underside of butt joints and the face of the
backing bar shall not exceed 1/16 in. [2 mm].11
7.3.2 Dimensions of the cross-section of groove
welded joints shall not vary from those shown on the
detail drawings by more than the following workmanship
tolerances:
(1) Root face of joint, +0, –1/16 in. [2 mm]
(2) Root opening of joints without steel backing,
±1/16 in. [2 mm]
(3) Root opening of joints with steel backing, +1/8
[3 mm], –1/16 in. [2 mm]
(4) Groove angle of joint, +10°, –5°
11. See AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2004, Structural Welding Code—
Steel, clause 5.22, page 187.
45
7.3.3 Root openings wider than those permitted by the
above tolerances, but not greater than twice the thickness
of the thinner part or 1/2 in. [13 mm], whichever is less,
may be built up to acceptable dimensions using a quali-
fied welding procedure specification prior to the joining
of the parts.
7.3.4 Complete joint penetration welding procedures,
in which the joint is welded from both sides, shall require
either back gouging of the underside of the root pass
before welding the second side, or demonstration by
actual welding tests that back gouging may be omitted
without detriment to the joint. Back gouging shall
require removal of the backside of the joint to sound
metal.
7.3.5 Each weld pass shall be thoroughly cleaned
using slag hammers, grinding wheels, rotary burrs, or
wire brushes, as required. Pneumatic chippers may be
used, provided they do not peen or distort the weld.
7.3.6 Preheating and interpass temperature control
shall be such as to ensure that the full thickness of the
weld joint and the adjacent weld metal are at the temper-
ature specified by the welding procedure.
7.3.7 Tack Welds
7.3.7.1 Tack welds and temporary welds shall be
made with filler materials meeting the same require-
ments as the final welds. Multiple-pass tack welds shall
have cascaded ends.
7.3.7.2 Tack welds and temporary welds shall be
deposited by qualified welders. Tack welds to be incor-
porated in the final weld shall be deposited using a quali-
fied welding procedure. Tack welds not incorporated in a
final weld and temporary welds shall be removed when
required by the contract specification. When they are
removed, the surface shall be made flush with the origi-
nal surface.
7.4 Weld Surface Conditions
7.4.1 The faces of fillet welds may be slightly convex,
flat, or slightly concave as shown in Figures 16(A),
16(B), and 16(C), but shall have no discontinuities such
as shown in Figure 16(D). Except at outside corner
joints, the convexity shall not exceed the value of 0.1S +
0.03 in. [0.8 mm] where S is the actual size of the fillet
weld in inches or millimeters [see Figures 16(B) and
16(C)].
7.4.2 Groove welds shall preferably be made with
slight or minimum reinforcement, except as may be oth-
erwise specified. In the case of the butt and corner joints,
the reinforcement shall not exceed 1/8 in. [3 mm] in
height and shall have gradual transition to the plane of
the base-metal surface [see Figure 16(E)]. Groove welds
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
46
General Note: A fillet weld shall be permitted to be 1/16 in. [2 mm] less than the specified nominal fillet size for welds 3/8 in. [10 mm] or
larger. For fillet weld sizes less than 3/8 in. [10 mm], the undersize portion should not exceed 10% of the length of the weld.
Figure 16—Acceptable and Unacceptable Weld Profiles
Weld Size in. [mm] Tolerances in. [mm]
< 3/8 [10] –1/32 [1] +1/16 [2]
≥ 3/8 [10] –1/16 [2] +1/16 [2]
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
shall be free of discontinuities as shown for butt joints in
Figure 16(F).
7.4.3 Surfaces of butt joints required to be flush shall
be finished so as not to reduce the thickness of the thin-
ner base metal or weld metal by more than 1/32 in.
[1 mm], or leave reinforcement that exceeds 1/32 in.
[1 mm]. However, all reinforcement must be removed
where the weld forms part of the faying or contact sur-
faces. Any reinforcement must blend smoothly into the
plate surfaces.
7.4.4 Undercut, regardless of depth, shall not occur
within 3 in. [75 mm] of the end of any joint and shall be
no more than 1/32 in. [1 mm] in depth elsewhere in the
joint. Continuous length of undercut shall be no more
than 6 in. [150 mm].
7.4.5 Welds shall be free from cracks, incomplete
fusion, and other discontinuities shown in Figure 16.
7.4.6 Where surface finishing of a weld is required, its
value should not exceed 500 µin. [12.5 µm] (reference
ASME B46.1, Surface Texture).
7.4.7 The frequency of visible porosity in fillet welds
shall not exceed one pore of 3/32 in. [2.5 mm.] maxi-
mum diameter in each 4 in. [100 mm] of length. Groove
welds shall have no visible porosity.
7.4.8 All welds, welding procedures, and performance
qualifications shall conform to the requirements in the
applicable paragraphs of Section 8.
7.5 Corrections. All corrections shall be done in con-
formance to Section 8, Modification and Repair.
7.6 Peening. Shot and mechanical peening provide for
improved fatigue life in the weld joint as a result of the
surface material being placed in compression.12, 13, 14
Mechanical peening can be applied to intermediate weld
passes to reduce residual stresses, cracking, and distor-
tion. All peening shall be done using an approved written
procedure.
7.6.1 Controlled Shot Peening. Controlled shot
peening may be used on external surfaces to improve fa-
tigue life. Controlled shot peening procedures shall in-
clude Almen intensity, shot size, pressure, and percent
12. Bremen,U., Smith, I. F. C., and Hirt, M. A. Crack Growth
Behavior in a Welded Joint Improved by Residual Stress
Method. International Conference: Fatigue of Welded Con-
struction, Ed., Maddox, S. J. The Welding Institute: 1987.
13. Booth, G. S., Improving the Fatigue Performance of
Welded Joints. The Welding Institute: 1983.
14. Metal Improvement Company, Inc. Shot Peening Applica-
tion, Eighth Edition.
47
coverage. (See SAE AMS-S-13165, Shot Peening of
Metal Parts.)
7.6.2 Hammer Peening. Hammer peening may be
used on external surfaces to improve fatigue life. Peen-
ing should be controlled to prevent introducing stress
concentrations to, or cracking of, the weld or base metal.
Controlled air hammer peening procedures shall specify
hammer size, peening tool radius, air pressure, and ex-
tent and density of coverage (see 7.6.4).
7.6.3 Peening Applications
(1) No peening shall be done on the root pass.
(2) Hammer or needle peening may be used on inter-
mediate weld layers for control of shrinkage stresses in
thick welds to prevent cracking.
(3) Peening of the surface layer of the weld and the
base metal at the edges of the weld is permitted for
fatigue life improvement. Under controlled conditions,
both shot and mechanical peening places the exposed
material in compression which reduces residual tensile
stresses at the weld surface, the toe of the weld, and the
base metal adjacent to the weld.
(4) All slag shall be removed prior to peening. The
use of manual slag hammers, chisels, and lightweight
tools such as needle descaling guns for the removal
of slag and spatter is permitted, but is not considered
peening.
7.6.4 Specification for Pneumatic Hammer Peen-
ing for Fatigue Life Improvement. Peening of weld
toes may be performed with the use of a small pneumatic
hammer (Ingersoll #2 or equivalent) and peening tool as
shown in Figure 17(A). All welds shall pass the required
NDT examination prior to peening, followed by a second
required NDT examination after peening.
The peening tool shall be made from a chisel or other
tool designed for the pneumatic hammer. The tool tip
shall conform to the dimensions shown in Figure 17(A).
All sharp edges and burrs shall be removed and the tool
shape maintained in this geometric shape and condition.
Best peening results will be obtained by operating the
pneumatic hammer at approximately 25 psi [1.7 bar] air
pressure. The axis of the hammer shall be perpendicular
to the longitudinal axis of the weld toe and inclined 60°
to 70° above the weld toe plane as shown in Figure
17(B). Peening is done by slowly moving the peening
tool of an operating hammer along the weld toe. Peening
shall continue until the weld toe becomes smooth
(absence of weld ripples), approximately three to four
passes at 30 inches per minute [760 mm/min.]. The depth
of indentation due to peening should be approximately
1/32 in. [1 mm] to 1/16 in. [2 mm].
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Source: Adapted from AWS D14.1-97, Figure 11.
Figure 17—Pneumatic Hammer Peening
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
7.7 Preheat and Postweld Heat Treatment
7.7.1 For the heat treatment of all materials listed in
this section, the furnace air temperature shall not exceed
600°F [315°C] at the time of loading of the parts.
7.7.2 Above 600°F [315°C], the rate of increase in
temperature of the furnace shall not exceed 400°F/hr
[220°C/hr] divided by the maximum metal thickness of
the part in inches, but in no case more than 400°F/hr
[220°C/hr]. During the heating period, there shall not be
a greater variation in temperature than 250°F [120°C]
throughout the part being heat treated.
7.7.3 Above 600°F [315°C], cooling shall be done in
a closed furnace or cooling chamber at a rate not greater
than 500°F/hr [280°C/hr] divided by the maximum metal
thickness of the part in inches, but in no case more than
500°F/hr [280°C/hr]. Below 600°F [315°C], the part may
be cooled in still air. During the cooling period, there
shall not be a greater variation in temperature than 200°F
[110°C] throughout the part being heat treated.
7.7.4 The temperature of the part during heat treating
shall be measured with thermocouples attached to the part.
48
7.7.5 M-1 Materials. For M-1 material,15 the follow-
ing minimum preheat and interpass temperatures are
mandatory:
≤ 1-1/2 in. [38 mm] 50°F [10°C]
> 1-1/2 in. [38 mm] to
≤ 2-1/2 in. [63 mm] 150°F [65°C]
> 2-1/2 in. [63 mm] 225°F [105°C]
The postweld heat treatment (PWHT) of M-1 materi-
als is neither mandatory nor prohibited under this specifi-
cation. If PWHT is specified, it shall be accomplished at
a temperature from 1100°F [595°C] to 1200°F [650°C]
and shall be at temperature for 1 hour per 1 in. [25 mm]
of thickness, plus 15 minutes for each 1 in. [25 mm] over
2 in. [50 mm].
15. The temperatures herein are consistent with the use of low
hydrogen filler materials only. For filler materials not falling
into this category, it is suggested that higher minimum preheat
and interpass temperatures may be required.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
7.7.6 M-3, M-4, and M-5 Materials
7.7.6.1 For M-3, M-4, and M-5 materials, preheat
is mandatory for thicknesses over 1/2 in. [13 mm]. The
following minimum preheat and interpass temperatures
shall be used.
Preheat for M-3 material 200°F [95°C]
Preheat for M-4 and M-5,
Group 1 materials 300°F [150°C]
Preheat for M-5,
Group 2 materials 400°F [205°C]
7.7.6.2 For M-3, M-4, and M-5 Group 1 materials
over 1/2 in. [13 mm] thick and all M-5 Group 2 materi-
als, PWHT is mandatory. The following PWHT tempera-
tures within the ranges shown are required for these
materials.
M-3: 1100°F to 1250°F
[595°C to 675°C]
M-4 and all M-5: 1250°F to 1350°F
[675°C to 730°C]
7.7.6.3 The time at temperature shall be based on
the HAZ hardness as determined on the procedure quali-
fication test plate. The maximum acceptable hardness
shall be 22 Rockwell “C” scale.
7.7.7 M-6 and M-7 Materials
7.7.7.1 For M-6 and M-7 Group 1 materials, a min-
imum preheat and interpass temperature of 400°F
[205°C] is mandatory.
7.7.7.2 A PWHT of these materials at 1400°F
[760°C] is mandatory when austenitic stainless steel
filler metal is not used.
7.7.7.3 The time at temperature shall be based on
the HAZ hardness as determined on the procedure quali-
fication test plate. The maximum acceptable hardness
shall be 22 Rockwell “C” scale.
7.7.7.4 The PWHT of M-7 Group 2 materials is
neither mandatory nor prohibited.
7.7.8 M-8 Materials. Preheat and PWHT of M-8
materials are neither mandatory nor prohibited. The
maximum interpass temperature of M-8 materials shall
be 350°F [175°C], except during hard surfacing.
7.7.9 M-9 Material
7.7.9.1 Minimum preheat and interpass tempera-
tures shall be as follows:
Preheat for M-9A materials 250°F [120°C]
Preheat for M-9B materials 300°F [150°C]
49
7.7.9.2 The PWHT of M-9 materials is neither
mandatory nor prohibited.
7.7.10 M-10 Materials
7.7.10.1 M-10A materials shall be preheated and
interpass temperatures maintained in conformance to the
following:
≤ 3/4 in. [20 mm] 50°F [10°C]
> 3/4 in. [20 mm] to
≤ 1-1/2 in. [38 mm] 150°F [65°C]
> 1-1/2 in. [38 mm] to
≤ 2-1/2 in. [63 mm] 250°F [120°C]
> 2-1/2 in. [63 mm] 300°F [150°C]
7.7.10.2 M-10A material over 1 in. [25 mm] thick
shall be PWHT at 1050°F [565°C] ± 50°F [30°C] for one
hour per 1 in. [25 mm] of thickness.
7.7.10.3 M-10B materials shall be preheated and
PWHT same as M-4 materials.
7.7.10.4 M-10C materials shall be preheated and
PWHT same as M-10A materials.
7.7.10.5 M-10E materials shall be preheated at
300°F [150°C] and shall maintain an interpass tempera-
ture of 350°F to 450°F [175°C to 230°C]. PWHT is
neither mandatory nor prohibited. However, if these
materialsare PWHT, the cooling from 1200°F [650°C]
± 50°F [30°C] shall be sufficiently rapid to prevent
embrittlement.
7.7.10.6 M-10F materials shall be preheated and
PWHT same as M-3 materials.
7.7.10.7 For M-10H materials, preheat and PWHT
are neither mandatory nor prohibited. If PWHT is done,
check Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organiza-
tion’s literature for proper holding temperatures and
cooling rates.
7.7.10.8 For M-10I materials, preheat is not man-
datory. PWHT at 1300°F to 1400°F [705°C to 760°C]
for 1 hour per 1 in. [25 mm] of thickness is mandatory
for thicknesses in excess of 1/2 in. [13 mm]. This mate-
rial shall be rapidly cooled from the PWHT temperature.
7.7.11 M-11 Materials
7.7.11.1 The preheat and interpass temperatures
that are used during the welding of these materials
should be compatible with the heat input of the welding
process. The heat input and preheat should be selected so
that the as-welded mechanical properties in the HAZ are
optimized.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
7.7.11.2 For M-11A Groups 1 and 2 materials, pre-
heat and PWHT are neither mandatory nor prohibited.
PWHT procedures require rapid cooling rates. Check lit-
erature for proper holding temperatures and cooling rates
if PWHT is done.
7.7.11.3 For M-11A Groups 3, 4, 5, and 6 materi-
als, preheat in conformance to 7.7.10.1. PWHT shall be
mandatory and shall be accomplished at a temperature
50°F [30°C] below the tempering temperature. The time
at temperature shall be a minimum of 1/2 hour per 1 in.
[25 mm] of thickness but not less than 1/2 hour.
7.7.11.4 For M-11B materials, preheat and PWHT
are neither mandatory nor prohibited.
8. Inspection and Quality Control
8.1 General Requirements
8.1.1 The Inspector designated by the Purchaser shall
determine that fabrication by welding is performed in
conformance to requirements of this specification.
8.1.2 Detail drawings showing the size, length, type,
and location of all welds shall be made available to the
Inspector for use at the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or
Repair Organization’s or contractor’s facility.
8.1.3 The Inspector shall be qualified in conformance
to AWS QC1, Standard for AWS Certification of Weld-
ing Inspectors, or an equivalent program (CSA-W178.2,
Certification of Welding Inspectors). The Inspector shall
be familiar with the requirements of this specification.
8.1.4 The Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organi-
zation shall have and maintain a quality control system
that will establish that all requirements of this specifica-
tion will be met. A recommended quality system is out-
lined in Annex C.
8.2 Examination and Inspection
8.2.1 The Inspector may review the procedure qualifi-
cation test records that are required by other sections of
this specification. The Inspector may witness the weld-
ing and testing of procedure qualification tests required
by this specification and occurring within the time frame
of the contract.
8.2.2 The Inspector shall permit welding to be per-
formed only by welders and welding operators who are
qualified in conformance to the requirements of this
specification. The Inspector may witness the welding
and testing of performance qualification tests during the
time frame of the contract. The records of previously
qualified welders and welding operators may be
50
reviewed for accuracy, completeness, and conformance
to the current contract in force.
8.2.3 When the quality of a welder’s or welding oper-
ator’s work appears to be below the requirements of this
specification, the Inspector may require testing of a
welder’s or welding operator’s capability by means of
simple tests, such as the fillet weld break test, or by com-
plete requalification in conformance to this specification.
8.2.4 The Inspector shall ascertain that the size,
length, and location of welds conform to the require-
ments of the specifications and to the detail drawings,
that no specified welds are omitted, and that no unspeci-
fied welds have been added.
8.2.5 The Inspector shall ascertain that only welding
procedures that meet the provisions of this specification
are employed.
8.2.6 The Inspector shall ascertain that electrodes are
used only in the position and with the type of welding
current and polarity for which they are classified.
8.2.7 The Inspector may observe the technique and
performance of each welder and welding operator during
production to make certain that the applicable require-
ments of this specification are met.
8.2.8 The Inspector shall examine the work to deter-
mine that it meets the requirements of this specification.
Size and contour of welds shall be measured with suit-
able gauges. Visual inspection for cracks in welds and
base metal, and other discontinuities, should be aided by
a strong light sufficient to properly illuminate the area.
8.2.9 The Inspector may identify with a distinguishing
mark all parts or joints that have been inspected and
accepted, and shall maintain a written record of such
parts and joints not accepted and the corrective actions
taken.
8.2.10 Final visual or specified NDT inspection of
welds may begin immediately after the final, completed
welds have cooled to near ambient temperature except
for materials known to be sensitive to delayed hydrogen-
induced cracking (e.g., ASTM A 514 and A 517). For
such materials, a minimum delay of 24 hours (preferably
48 hours) is required before NDT inspections may
proceed.
8.3 Obligations of the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or
Repair Organization
8.3.1 When the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair
Organization and Buyer’s Inspector agree upon a non-
conformance to this specification, the Manufacturer,
Fabricator, or Repair Organization shall correct such
nonconformities.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
8.3.2 There shall be a system agreed upon with the
Buyer’s Inspector for correction of nonconformities.
8.3.3 In the event that repair of rejected welds shall so
damage the base metal that it is not in accordance with
the intent of the design drawings and specifications, the
Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization shall
resolve the deficiency in a manner approved by the
designer.
8.3.4 The Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organi-
zation shall be responsible for the necessary corrections
of all welds in conformance to the requirements of this
specification.
8.3.5 Corrections and repairs shall be accomplished
by methods permitted in Section 9.
8.4 Nondestructive Testing
8.4.1 When nondestructive testing is required by con-
tract, it shall be so stated in the information furnished to
the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization.
This information shall designate the welds to be exam-
ined, the extent of examination of each weld, and the
method of testing.
8.4.2 Recommended nondestructive testing methods
and acceptance criteria suggested for use with this speci-
fication are in Annex D. Alternate methods of inspection
may be agreed upon between Buyer and Manufacturer,
Fabricator, or Repair Organization.
8.4.3 Personnel performing nondestructive testing
shall be qualified in accordance with the American Soci-
ety for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT CP-189, Qualifi-
cation and Certification of Nondestructive Testing
Personnel) and the supplement applicable to the method
to be used, or equivalent.
8.4.4 When nondestructive testing is specified, it shall
be the Manufacturer’s, Fabricator’s, or Repair Organiza-
tion’s responsibility to ensure that all welds meet the
quality requirements of applicable sections of this
specification.
8.4.5 If nondestructive testing other than visual
inspection isnot specified in the original contract agree-
ment, but is subsequently requested by the Buyer, the
Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization shall
perform any requested testing or shall permit any testing
to be performed. The Buyer shall be responsible for all
associated costs, including handling, surface preparation,
nondestructive testing, and repair of discontinuities,
other than those listed in 7.4 of this specification, at rates
mutually agreeable between Buyer and Manufacturer,
Fabricator, or Repair Organization.
51
8.5 Preparation and Disposition of Reports
8.5.1 A report form shall be kept by the Manufacturer,
Fabricator, or Repair Organization that clearly identifies
the work and the area of inspection. This report shall
contain sufficient information to identify the weld, the
person doing the inspecting, and the acceptability status
of the welds inspected.
8.5.2 The Manufacturer’s, Fabricator’s, or Repair
Organization’s obligation to retain test reports shall
cease upon delivery of those reports to the designated
recipient, or at the end of one full year after completion
of work.
9. Modification and Repair
9.1 Scope
9.1.1 This section pertains to the modification and
repair of weld and base metal defects on the Manufac-
turer’s, Fabricator’s, or Repair Organization’s premises
or otherwise under the Manufacturer’s, Fabricator’s, or
Repair Organization’s control.
9.1.2 Repair or modification work performed by those
other than the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Orga-
nization should have approval from the Manufacturer,
Fabricator, or Repair Organization and be performed to
the Manufacturer’s, Fabricator’s, or Repair Organiza-
tion’s specifications.
9.2 Qualification
9.2.1 All repairs by welding on the Manufacturer’s,
Fabricator’s, or Repair Organization’s premises, before
acceptance of the product by the purchaser, shall be
made utilizing a qualified procedure as per Section 6 of
this specification.
9.2.2 All field repairs shall be done by a process and
qualified procedure mutually acceptable to the Buyer and
the Manufacturer, Fabricator, or Repair Organization.
9.3 Removal of Metal. Where required by 9.4, the
removal of weld metal or portions of the base metal that
require repair may be done by machining, grinding, chip-
ping, oxygen gouging, or air carbon arc gouging. This
shall be done in such a manner that the remaining weld
metal or base metal does not contain stress risers. Oxy-
gen gouging shall not be used on quenched and tempered
steels. Unacceptable portions of the weld shall be
removed without substantial removal of the base metal.
9.4 Repair of Type of Defect
9.4.1 Overlap or Excessive Convexity. Excess weld
metal shall be removed as per 9.3 of this specification.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
9.4.2 Excessive Concavity of Weld or Crater,
Undersize Welds, Undercutting. Surfaces shall be pre-
pared as per 9.3 (if required) and additional weld metal
deposited.
9.4.3 Excessive Weld Porosity, Excessive Slag
Inclusions, Incomplete Fusion. Unacceptable portions
shall be removed, as per 9.3, and re-welded using a qual-
ified welding procedure specification.
9.4.4 Cracks in Weld or Base Metal. The extent of
the crack shall be determined by use of magnetic-particle
inspection, liquid penetrant inspection, or other suitable
methods. The crack and sound metal 2 in. [50 mm]
beyond each end of the crack shall be removed (see
9.3) and re-welded using a qualified welding procedure
specification.
9.4.5 Distortion. Members distorted by welding, or
otherwise, shall be straightened by mechanical means or
by carefully supervised application of a limited amount
of localized heat. The temperature of heated areas, as
measured by a temperature-indicating device, shall be no
higher than 50°F [30°C] below the original tempering
temperature for quenched and tempered steel, or 1200°F
[650°C] for other carbon steels. Unstabilized austenitic
stainless steel with more than 0.03% carbon shall not be
heat straightened with temperatures in excess of 800°F
[430°C]. For all other materials to be straightened by
heating, the temperature shall be no higher than the tem-
perature recommended by the material’s producer.
9.4.6 Inaccessible Defects. If work has been per-
formed that has rendered a defect inaccessible, or has
created new conditions that make correction of the defect
dangerous or ineffectual, then the original conditions
shall be restored by removing weld members before the
corrections are made. If this is not done, the deficiency
shall be compensated for by additional work performed
according to an approved, revised design.
52
9.5 Peening. Peening may be used during a repair proce-
dure on intermediate weld layers for control of shrinkage
stress in thick welds to prevent cracking. No peening
shall be done on the root or surface layer of the weld or
in the base metal at the edges of the weld, except when it
is done in conformance to 7.6. Care shall be taken to pre-
vent overlapping or cracking of the weld or base metal.
9.6 Postweld Heat Treatment. Repairs to parts or
assemblies where postweld heat treatment is required by
this specification shall be stress relieved or otherwise
heat treated after the repairs have been completed, exam-
ined, and accepted.
9.7 Temper Bead. On quenched and tempered steels and
normalized castings, a repair weld may be performed
using a temper bead or controlled deposition weld. A
qualified welding procedure is required.
9.8 Cleaning
9.8.1 All repair welds shall be cleaned in conform-
ance to the applicable cleaning specification.
9.8.2 Repair welding shall not be painted or coated
until after the work has been inspected and accepted.
9.9 Testing and Inspection
9.9.1 Any repair or replaced weld shall be retested by
the method originally used when the defect was found,
and the same technique and quality acceptance criteria
shall be applied.
9.9.2 The Buyer’s Inspector or the Manufacturer, Fab-
ricator, or Repair Organization shall make a permanent
record of the repair as to the type of repair, location,
repair procedure, and the final acceptance of the repair.
Such information shall be recorded and filed with the
repair documentation.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005
Annex I
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number
for Procedure Qualification16
(This Annex is a part of AWS D14.6/D14.6M:2005, Specification for Welding of
Rotating Elements of Equipment and includes mandatory elements for use with this standard.)
Mandatory Annexes
M-numbers are a classification system that groups
base metals for welding procedure and performance
qualification on the basis of mechanical properties,
chemical composition, and metallurgical compatibility to
minimize the number of welding qualifications where
this can logically be done. Under this system, base met-
als have been divided into general categories (e.g., Mate-
rial numbers M-1, M-1A, M-2, M-2A, M-3, etc.) and
further subdivided into groups. The grouping does not
imply that base metals may be indiscriminately substi-
tuted for a base metal that was used in the qualification
test without consideration of the compatibility from the
standpoint of metallurgical properties, postweld heat
treatment, design, mechanical properties, and service
requirements.
53
16. Listings for additional materials may be found in AWS B2.1, Sp
Note: Some of the minimum tensile/yield strength re-
quirements are lower than the material requirements of
the pertinent specification (ASTM, etc.) because these
are materials whose tensile properties are significantly
lower in the as-welded condition than the material speci-
fications. An example of such a material is ASTM B 209,
Grade 6061-T6 which has minimum tensile/yieldstrengths of 42/35 ksi [290/240 MPa] for the unwelded
base metal in the ASTM specification, while the required
minimums are 24/– ksi [165/– MPa] in this specification
for the as-welded condition of this material.
Also, SI equivalents for thickness and tensile/yield
strength are those cited in the pertinent specification and
may not be uniform from specification to specification.
ecification for Procedure and Performance Qualification.
Copyright American Welding Society 
Provided by IHS under license with AWS
Not for Resale No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
54
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
ets C
nd Bars C-Mn-Si
nd Bars C-Mn-Si
nd Bars C-Mn-Si
nd Bars C-Mn-Si
nd Bars C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
pes C-Mn-Si
Welded Pipe C
Welded Pipe C-Mn
ss Pipe C
ss Pipe C-Mn
ss Pipe C-Si
ss Pipe C-Si
ar C
ar C
ar C
ctural C
ctural C
ctural C
ctural C-Si
ctural C-Si
ctural C-Si
ctural C-Si
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
d Pipe C
 Pipe C
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
Table I-1
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
STEEL AND STEEL ALLOYS
1 1 ASTM A 31 Grade B K03100 — 58/29 [400/200] Riv
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02599 ≤ 0.75 [20] 58/36 [400/250] Plate a
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02598 > 0.75 to ≤ 1.5
[> 20 to ≤ 40]
58/36 [400/250] Plate a
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02597 > 1.5 to ≤ 2.5
[> 40 to ≤ 65]
58/36 [400/250] Plate a
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02596 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
58/36 [400/250] Plate a
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02595 ≤ 8.0 [200] 58/36 [400/250] Plate a
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02595 > 8.00 [200] 58/32 [400/220] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 36 A 36 K02600 ≤ 4.0 [100] 58/36 [400/250] Sha
1 1 ASTM A 53 Type E, Grade A K02504 — 48/30 [330/205] Resistance 
1 1 ASTM A 53 Type E, Grade B K03005 — 60/35 [415/240] Resistance 
1 1 ASTM A 53 Type S, Grade A K02504 — 48/30 [330/205] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 53 Type S, Grade B K03005 — 60/35 [415/240] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 106 Grade A K02501 — 48/30 [330/205] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 106 Grade B K03006 — 60/35 [415/240] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 108 Grade 1015 CW G10150 — 43/25 [295/170] B
1 1 ASTM A 108 Grade 1018 CW G10180 — 43/25 [295/170] B
1 1 ASTM A 108 Grade 1020 CW G10200 — 43/25 [295/170] B
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade A K02300 ≤ 1.0 [25] 58/34 [400/235] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade A K02300 > 1.0 [25] 58/32 [400/220] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade B K02102 — 58/34 [400/235] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade D K02101 — 58/34 [400/235] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade E K01801 — 58/34 [400/235] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade CS K01601 — 58/34 [400/235] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 131 Grade DS K01601 — 58/34 [400/235] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 134 A36 — — 58/36 [400/250] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A283 A — — 45/24 [310/165] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A283 B — — 50/27 [345/185] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A283 C K02401 — 55/30 [380/205] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A283 D K02702 — 60/33 [415/230] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A285 A K01700 — 45/24 [310/165] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A285 B K02200 — 50/27 [345/185] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 134 A285 C K02801 — 55/30 [380/205] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 135 Grade A — — 48/30 [330/205] ERW
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
55
 Pipe C-Mn
d Pipe C
d Pipe C-Mn
d Pipe C-Mn
d Pipe C-Mn
 Tube C
 Tube C
 Tube C
ss Tube C
langes C-Si
ss Tube C-Si
ss Tube C-Si
 Tube C
tings C-Si
ittings C-Si
 Piles C
 Piles C
 Piles C
s Forging C-Si
ate C
ate C
ate C
ate C
ate C
ate C
ate C
 Welded Pipe C-Mn
 Welded Pipe C-Mn-Si
d Tube C-Mn
d Tube C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
tings C-Si
tings C-Si
eet C
ging C-Si
ging C-Mn
ging C-Si
pe C-Mn
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM A 135 Grade B — — 60/35 [415/240] ERW
1 1 ASTM A 139 Grade A — — 48/30 [330/205] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 139 Grade B K03003 — 60/35 [415/240] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 139 Grade C K03004 — 60/42 [415/290] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 139 Grade D K03010 — 60/46 [415/315] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 161 Low Carbon K01504 — 47/26 [325/180] Low C
1 1 ASTM A 178 Grade A K01200 — 47/26 [325/180] ERW
1 1 ASTM A 178 Grade C K03503 — 60/37 [415/255] ERW
1 1 ASTM A 179 — K01200 — 47/26 [325/180] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 181 Class 60 K03502 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe F
1 1 ASTM A 192 — K01201 — 47/26 [325/180] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 210 Grade A1 K02707 — 60/37 [415/255] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 214 — K01807 — 47/26 [325/180] ERW
1 1 ASTM A 216 Grade WCA J02502 — 60/30 [415/205] Cas
1 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WPB K03006 — 60/35 [415/240] Pipe F
1 1 ASTM A 252 Grade 1 — — 50/30 [345/205] Pipe
1 1 ASTM A 252 Grade 2 — — 60/35 [415/240] Pipe
1 1 ASTM A 252 Grade 3 — — 66/45 [455/310] Pipe
1 1 ASTM A 266 Grade 1 K03506 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamles
1 1 ASTM A 283 Grade A — — 45/24 [310/165] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 283 Grade B — — 50/27 [345/255] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 283 Grade C K02401 — 55/30 [380/205] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 283 Grade D K02702 — 60/33 [415/230] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 285 Grade A K01700 — 45/24 [310/165] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 285 Grade B K02200 — 50/27 [345/255] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 285 Grade C K02801 — 55/30 [380/205] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 333 Grade 1 K03008 — 55/30 [380/205] Seamless and
1 1 ASTM A 333 Grade 6 K03006 — 60/35 [415/240] Seamless and
1 1 ASTM A 334 Grade 1 K03008 — 55/30 [380/205] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 334 Grade 6 K03006 — 60/35 [415/240] Welde
1 1 ASTM A 350 Grade LF1 K03009 — 60/30 [415/205] For
1 1 ASTM A 352 Grade LCA J02504 — 60/30 [415/205] Cas
1 1 ASTM A 352 Grade LCB J03003 — 65/35 [450/240] Cas
1 1 ASTM A 366 Commercial Quality — — 43/25 [295/170] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FPA K02501 — 48/30 [330/205] For
1 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FPB K03006 — 60/35 [415/240] For
1 1 ASTM A 372 Grade A K03002 — 60/35 [415/240] For
1 1 ASTM A 381 Class Y35 K03013 — 60/35 [415/240] Pi
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
56
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
eet C
eet C
eet C
eet C-Mn
eet C-Mn
ittings C-Mn-Si
be C
be C
be C
be C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM A 381 Class Y42 — — 60/42 [415/290] Pi
1 1 ASTM A 381 Class Y46 — — 63/46 [435/315] Pi
1 1 ASTM A 381 Class Y48 — — 62/48 [430/330] Pi
1 1 ASTM A 414 Grade A K01501 — 45/25 [310/170] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 414 Grade B K02201 — 50/30 [345/205] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 414 Grade C K02503 — 55/33 [380/230] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 414 Grade D K02505 — 60/35 [415/240] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 414 Grade E K02704 — 65/38 [450/260] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 420 Grade WPL6 — — 60/35 [415/240] Pipe F
1 1 ASTM A 500 Grade A K03000 — 45/33 [310/230] Tu
1 1 ASTM A 500 Grade B K03000 — 58/42 [400/290] Tu
1 1 ASTM A 500 Grade C K02705 — 62/46 [430/315] Tu
1 1 ASTM A 501 — K03000 — 58/36 [400/250] Tu
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1008 G10080 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1010 G10100 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1012 G10120 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512Grade 1015 G10150 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1016 G10160 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1117 G11170 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1018 G10180 — 43/25 [295/170] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1019 G10190 — 43/25 [295/170] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1020 G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1021 G10210 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1025 G10250 — 55/35 [380/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1026 G10260 — 55/35 [380/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1110 G11100 — 55/35 [380/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade 1115 G11150 — 55/35 [380/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade MT1010 G10100 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade MT1015 G10150 — 43/25 [295/170] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade MT1020 G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade MTX1015 — — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 512 Grade MTX1020 — — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1015 CW G10150 — 65/55 [450/380] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1008 G10080 — 42/30 [290/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1010 G10100 — 45/32 [310/220] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1015 G10150 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1016 G10160 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1017 G10170 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
57
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ate C-Si
ate C-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ical Tube C
C
ical Tube C
C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1018 G10180 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1019 G10190 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1020 G10200 — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1021 G10210 — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1022 G10220 — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1023 G10230 — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1024 G10240 — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade 1025 G10250 — 56/40 [385/275] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade MT 1010 G10110 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade MT 1015 G10150 — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade MT 1020 G10200 — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade MT X1015 — — 48/35 [330/240] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 513 Grade MT X1020 — — 52/38 [360/260] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 515 Grade 60 K02401 — 60/32 [415/220] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 515 Grade 65 K02800 — 65/35 [450/240] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 516 Grade 55 K01800 — 55/30 [380/205] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 516 Grade 60 K02100 — 60/32 [415/220] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 516 Grade 65 K02403 — 65/35 [450/240] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1008 G10080 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1010 — — — —
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1012 G10120 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1015 — — — —
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1016 G10160 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1017 G10170 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1018 G10180 — 43/25 [295/170] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1018 HR G10180 — 43/25 [295/170] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1019 G10190 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1020 G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1020 HR G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1021 G10210 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1022 G10220 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1022 HR G10220 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1025 G10250 — 55/35 [380/250] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1025 HR G10250 — 55/35 [380/250] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1026 G10260 — 55/35 [380/250] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade 1026 HR G10260 — 55/35 [380/250] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade MT1010 G10100 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade MT1015 G10150 — 43/25 [295/170] Mechan
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
58
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
C
orging C
orging C
ipe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn-Si
ipe C-Mn-Si
ctural C-Mn
d Tube C
ss Tube C
ss Tube C-Si
ate C-Mn-Ti
nd Strip C
nd Strip C
nd Strip C
nd Strip C
nd Strip C
nd Strip C
 and Shapes C-Mn-Si
 and Shapes C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade MT1020 G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade MTX1015 G10150 — 40/20 [275/135] Mechan
1 1 ASTM A 519 Grade MTX1020 — — — —
1 1 ASTM A 521 Class CC — — 60/30 [415/205] Die F
1 1 ASTM A 521 Class CCI — — 66/33 [455/230] Die F
1 1 ASTM A 523 Grade A K02504 — 48/30 [330/205] P
1 1 ASTM A 523 Grade B K03005 — 60/35 [415/240] P
1 1 ASTM A 524 Grade I K02104 — 60/35 [415/240] P
1 1 ASTM A 524 Grade II K02104 — 55/30 [380/205] P
1 1 ASTM A 529 Grade 42 K02703 — 60/42 [415/290] Stru
1 1 ASTM A 539 — K01506 — 45/35 [310/240] Coile
1 1 ASTM A 556 Grade A2 K01807 — 47/26 [325/180] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 556 Grade B2 K02707 — 60/37 [415/255] Seamle
1 1 ASTM A 562 — K11224 — 55/30 [380/205] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 569 Grade 30 K02502 — 49/30 [340/205] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 569 Grade 33 K02502 — 52/33 [360/230] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 569 Grade 36 K02502 — 53/36 [365/250] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 569 Grade 40 K02502 — 53/40 [365/275] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 569 Grade 45 K02502 — 60/45 [415/310] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 569 Grade 50 K02502 — 65/50 [450/345] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 572 Grade 42 K02303 — 60/42 [415/290] Plate, Bars,
1 1 ASTM A 572 Grade 50 K02304 — 65/50 [450/345] Plate, Bars,
1 1 ASTM A 573 Grade 58 K02301 — 58/32 [400/220] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 573 Grade 65 K02404 — 65/35 [450/240] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1008 G10080 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1010 G10100 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1012 G10120 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1015 G10150 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1017 G10170 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1020 G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1023 G10230 — 55/35 [380/240] B
1 1 ASTM A 575 Grade M1025 G10250 — 55/35 [380/240] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1008 G10080 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1010 G10100 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1012 G10120 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1015 G10150 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1016 G10160 — 40/20 [275/135] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1017 G10170 — 40/20 [275/135] B
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
59
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
pe C
nd Strip C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn
be Mn-V
eet C
eet C
d Shapes Mn-Cb
ate Mn-Cb
ate Mn-Cb
ate Mn-Cr-Ni-Cu
ate Mn-Cr-Ni-Cued Sheet —
ed Sheet —
ed Sheet —
ed Sheet —
l Cast Pipe C
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ar C
ging C
ging C
elded Pipe C
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1018 G10180 — 45/25 [310/170] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1019 G10190 — 45/25 [310/170] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1020 G10200 — 50/30 [345/205] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1021 G10210 — 50/30 [345/205] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1022 G10220 — 50/30 [345/205] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1023 G10230 — 55/35 [380/240] B
1 1 ASTM A 576 Grade 1025 G10250 — 55/35 [380/240] B
1 1 ASTM A 587 — K11500 — 48/30 [330/205] Pi
1 1 ASTM A 611 Grade A G10170 — 42/25 [310/170] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 611 Grade B G10170 — 45/30 [310/205] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 611 Grade C G10170 — 48/33 [330/230] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 611 Grade D G10120 — 52/40 [360/275] Sheet a
1 1 ASTM A 618 Grade III K12700 — 65/50 [450/345] Tu
1 1 ASTM A 620 Type A K00040 — 40/22 [275/152] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 620 Type B K00040 — 40/22 [275/152] Sh
1 1 ASTM A 633 Grade A K01802 ≤ 4.0 [100] 63/42 [435/290] Plate an
1 1 ASTM A 633 Grade C, Class B K12000 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
65/46 [450/315] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 633 Grade C, Class B K12000 ≤ 2.5 [65] 70/50 [485/345] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 633 Grade D, Class B K12037 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
65/46 [450/315] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 633 Grade D, Class B K12037 ≤ 2.5 [65] 70/50 [485/345] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 653 Grade 33 — — 48/33 [330/230] Galvaniz
1 1 ASTM A 653 Grade 37 — — 50/37 [345/255] Galvaniz
1 1 ASTM A 653 Grade 40 — — 52/40 [360/275] Galvaniz
1 1 ASTM A 653 Grade 80 — — 82/80 [565/550] Galvaniz
1 1 ASTM A 660 Grade WCA J02504 — 60/30 [415/205] Centrifuga
1 1 ASTM A 662 Grade A K01701 — 58/40 [400/275] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 662 Grade B K02203 — 65/40 [450/275] Pl
1 1 ASTM A 663 Grade 45 — — 45/25 [310/170] B
1 1 ASTM A 663 Grade 50 — — 50/28 [345/195] B
1 1 ASTM A 663 Grade 55 — — 55/30 [380/205] B
1 1 ASTM A 663 Grade 60 — — 60/33 [415/230] B
1 1 ASTM A 663 Grade 65 — — 65/36 [450/250] B
1 1 ASTM A 668 Class B G10200 — 60/33 [415/230] For
1 1 ASTM A 668 Class C G10250 — 60/33 [415/230] For
1 1 ASTM A 671 Grade CA55 K02801 — 55/30 [380/205] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 671 Grade CB60 K02401 — 60/32 [415/220] Fusion W
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
60
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C
elded Pipe C
elded Pipe C
elded Pipe C-Si
elded Pipe C-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
Bar C
Bar C
Bar C
Bar C
Bar C
Bar C-Mn-Si
rging C-1Mn
rging C-1Mn
rging 1.8Ni-0.55Mn-0.25Mo
rging 1.2Cu-0.9Ni-0.7Cr-0.5Mn
s, and Shapes C-Mn-Si
rging C-Mn-Si
rging C-Mn-Si
uctural C-Mn-Si-Cb-W
uctural C-Mn-Si-Cb-W
uctural C-Mn-Si-Cb-W
late C
late C
late C
ation
 Base Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM A 671 Grade CB65 K02800 — 65/35 [450/240] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 671 Grade CC60 K02100 — 60/32 [415/220] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 671 Grade CC65 K02403 — 65/35 [450/240] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade A45 K01700 — 45/24 [310/165] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade A50 K02200 — 50/27 [345/185] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade A55 K02801 — 55/30 [380/205] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade B60 K02401 — 60/32 [415/220] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade B65 K02800 — 65/35 [450/240] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade C55 K01800 — 55/30 [380/205] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade C55 K02202 — 55/30 [380/205] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade C60 K02100 — 60/32 [415/220] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade C65 K02403 — 65/35 [450/240] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 672 Grade E60 K02402 — 60/32 [415/220] Fusion W
1 1 ASTM A 675 Grade 45 — — 45/22.5 [310/155]
1 1 ASTM A 675 Grade 50 — — 50/25 [345/170]
1 1 ASTM A 675 Grade 55 — — 55/27.5 [380/190]
1 1 ASTM A 675 Grade 60 — — 60/30 [415/205]
1 1 ASTM A 675 Grade 65 — — 65/32.5 [450/225]
1 1 ASTM A 696 Grade B K03200 — 60/35 [415/240]
1 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L1, Class 1 K02302 — 60/42 [415/290] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L2, Class 1 K03301 — 60/42 [415/290] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L4, Class 1 K12089 .— 60/42 [415/290] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L5, Class 1 K20934 — 60/42 [415/290] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 709 Grade 36 — — 58/36 [400/250] Plate, Bar
1 1 ASTM A 727 Grade 36 K02506 — 60/36 [415/250] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 765 Grade 1 K03046 — 60/36 [415/250] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 808 — K11852 ≤ 1.5 [40] 65/50 [450/345] Str
1 1 ASTM A 808 — K11852 > 1.5 to ≤ 2.0
[> 40 to ≤ 50]
65/46 [450/315] Str
1 1 ASTM A 808 — K11852 > 2.0 to ≤ 2.5
[> 50 to ≤ 65]
60/42 [415/290] Str
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1006 G10060 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1008 G10080 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1009 G10090 — 40/20 [275/135] P
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualific
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
61
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
late C
rging C-Si-Ti
e Pipe C
ral Shapes Mn
 and Strip C
 and Strip C
 and Strip C
 and Strip C
 and Strip C
 and Strip C
 and Strip C
 and Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
 and Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
 and Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
 and Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
ation
 Base Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1010 G10100 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1012 G10120 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1015 G10150 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1016 G10160 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1017 G10170 — 40/20 [275/135] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1018 G10180 — 43/25 [295/170] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1019 G10190 — 43/25 [295/170] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1020 G10200 — 43/25 [295/170] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1021 G10210 — 43/25 [295/170] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1022 G10220 — 43/25 [295/170] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1023 G10230 — 43/25 [295/170] P
1 1 ASTM/
AISI
A 830 1025 G10250 — 50/30 [345/205] P
1 1 ASTM A 836 Class 1 — — 55/25 [380/170] Fo
1 1 ASTM A 984 Grade 35 — — 50/35 [345/240] Lin
1 1 ASTM A 992 — — — 65/50 [450/345] Structu
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 30 K02502 — 49/30 [340/205] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 33 K02502 — 52/33 [360/230] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 36 K02502 — 53/36 [365/250] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 40 K02502 — 55/40 [380/275] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 45 K02502 — 60/45 [415/310] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 50 K02502 — 65/50 [450/345] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1011 Grade 55 K02502 — 70/55 [485/380] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1018 Grade 45, Class 1 — — 65/45 [450/310] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1018 Grade 45, Class 2 — — 55/45 [380/310] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1018 Grade 50, Class 1 — — 65/50 [450/345] Sheet
1 1 ASTM A 1018 Grade 50, Class 2 — — 60/50 [415/345] Sheet
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualific
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
SD
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
62
tural C
tural C
tural C-Si
tural C-Si
Steel C-Mn-Si
Steel C-Mn-Si
Steel C-Mn-Si
Steel C-Mn-Si
tural C-Mn-Si
d Tube C-Mn
d Tube C-Mn
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
tural C
tural C
tural C-Mn-Cb-V
tural C-Mn-Cb-V
pe C
pe C
pe C
pe C
ittings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
elded Fittings C-Mn
elded Fittings C-Mn
elded Fittings C-Mn
langes C-Mn
ss Pipe C-Mn
tural C-Mn-Si
tural C-Mn-Si
tural C-Mn-Si
tural C-Mn-Si
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 1 ABS ABS Grade A K02300 — 58/34 [400/235] Struc
1 1 ABS ABS Grade B K02102 — 58/34 [400/235] Struc
1 1 ABS ABS Grade D K02101 — 58/34 [400/235] Struc
1 1 ABS ABS Grade E K01801 — 58/34 [400/235] Struc
1 1 ABS ABS Grade AH32 K11846 — 64/46 [440/315] Hull 
1 1 ABS ABS Grade DH32 K11846 — 64/46 [440/315] Hull 
1 1 ABS ABS Grade EH32 K11846 — 64/46 [440/315] Hull 
1 1 ABS ABS Grade FH32 K11846 — 64/46 [440/315] Hull 
1 1 API 2H Grade 42 — — 62/42 [430/290] Struc
1 1 API 5L Grade A25, Class I — — 45/25 [310/170] Pipe an
1 1 API 5L Grade A25, Class II — — 45/25 [310/170] Pipe an
1 1 API 5L Grade A — — 48/30 [330/205] Pi
1 1 API 5L Grade B — — 60/35 [415/240] Pi
1 1 API 5L Grade X42 — — 60/42 [415/290] Pi
1 1 API 5L Grade X52 — — 66/52 [455/360] Pi
1 1 API 5LS Grade X46 — — 63/46 [435/315] Pi
1 1 CSA G40.20/40.21 260W — — 60/38 [415/260] Struc
1 1 CSA G40.20/40.21 260WT — — 60/38 [415/260] Struc
1 1 CSA G40.20/40.21 300W — — 65/44 [450/305] Struc
1 1 CSA G40.20/40.21 300WT — — 65/44 [450/305] Struc
1 1 CSA Z245.1 172 — — 45/25 [310/170] Pi
1 1 CSA Z245.1 207 — — 48/30 [330/205] Pi
1 1 CSA Z245.1 241 — — 60/35 [415/240] Pi
1 1 CSA Z245.1 290 — — 60/42 [415/290] Pi
1 1 CSA Z245.1 207 — — 48/30 [330/205] Steel F
1 1 CSA Z245.1 241 — — 60/35 [415/240] Steel F
1 1 CSA Z245.1 290 — — 60/42 [415/290] Steel F
1 1 CSA Z245.1 248 — — 60/36 [415/250] Steel F
1 1 CSA Z245.1 290 — — 60/42 [415/290] Steel F
1 1 MSS SP75 WPHY-42 — — 60/42 [415/290] Seamless and W
1 1 MSS SP75 WPHY-46 — — 63/46 [435/315] Seamless and W
1 1 MSS SP75 WPHY-52 — — 66/52 [455/360] Seamless and W
1 2 ASTM A 105 — K03504 — 70/36 [485/250] Pipe F
1 2 ASTM A 106 Grade C K03501 — 70/40 [485/275] Seamle
1 2 ASTM A 131 Grade AH32 K11846 — 68/46 [470/315] Struc
1 2 ASTM A 131 Grade AH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Struc
1 2 ASTM A 131 Grade DH32 K11846 — 68/46 [470/315] Struc
1 2 ASTM A 131 Grade DH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Struc
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
63
ctural C-Mn-Si
ctural C-Mn-Si
d Pipe C-Mn
 Tube C-Mn
langes C-Si
 Tube C-Mn
tings C-Si
tings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Si
tes, and Bars Low C-P-Cu
tes, and Bars Low C-P-Cu
tes, and Bars Low C-P-Cu
s Forging C-Si
s Forging C-Si
s Forging C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
ging 1.3Mn-Si-V-N
ging 1.15Cu-0.85Ni-0.75Cr-0.5Mn
tings C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
pe C-Mn
eet C-Mn
eet C-Mn
ate C-Mn
ate C-Mn
ate C-Mn
tings Low-C-Mn-Ni
ging C-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
ical Tube C
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 2 ASTM A 131 Grade EH32 K11846 — 68/46 [470/315] Stru
1 2 ASTM A 131 Grade EH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Stru
1 2 ASTM A 139 Grade E K03012 — 66/52 [455/360] Welde
1 2 ASTM A 178 Grade D — — 70/40 [485/275] ERW
1 2 ASTM A 181 Class 70 K03502 — 70/36 [485/250] Pipe F
1 2 ASTM A 210 Grade C K03501 — 70/40 [485/275] ERW
1 2 ASTM A 216 Grade WCB J03002 — 70/36 [485/250] Cas
1 2 ASTM A 216 Grade WCC J02503 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
1 2 ASTM A 234 Grade WPC K03501 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe F
1 2 ASTM A 242 Type 1 K11510 ≤ 0.75 [20] 70/50 [485/345] Shapes, Pla
1 2 ASTM A 242 Type 1 K11510 > 0.75 to ≤ 1.5
[> 20 to ≤ 40]
67/46 [460/315] Shapes, Pla
1 2 ASTM A 242 Type 1 K11510 > 1.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 40 to ≤ 100]
63/42 [435/290] Shapes, Pla
1 2 ASTM A 266 Grade 2 K03506 — 70/36 [485/250] Seamles
1 2 ASTM A 266 Grade 3 K05001 — 75/37.5 [515/260] Seamles
1 2 ASTM A 266 Grade 4 K03017 — 70/36 [485/250] Seamles
1 2 ASTM A 299 — K02803 ≤ 1.00 [25] 75/42 [515/290] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 299 — K02803 > 1.00 [25] 75/40 [515/275] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 350 Grade LF2 K03011 — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 2 ASTM A 350 Grade LF6, Class 1 K12202 — 66/52 [455/360] For
1 2 ASTM A 350 Grade LF787, 
Class 2
— — 65/55 [450/380] For
1 2 ASTM A 352 Grade LCC J02505 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
1 2 ASTM A 372 Grade B K04001 — 75/45 [515/310] For
1 2 ASTM A 381 Class Y50 — — 64/50 [440/345] Pi
1 2 ASTM A 381 Class Y52 — — 66/52 [455/360] Pi
1 2 ASTM A 381 Class Y56 — — 71/56 [490/385] Pi
1 2 ASTM A 414 Grade F K03102 — 70/42 [485/290] Sh
1 2 ASTM A 414 Grade G K03103 — 75/45 [515/310] Sh
1 2 ASTM A 455 — K03300 ≤ 0.375 [10] 75/38 [515/260] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 455 — K03300 > 0.375 to ≤ 0.58 
[> 10 to ≤ 15]
73/37 [505/255] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 455 — K03300 > 0.580 to ≤ 0.750 
[> 15 to ≤ 20]
70/35 [485/240] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 487 Grade 16A — — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
1 2 ASTM A 508 Grade 1 K13502 — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 2 ASTM A 508 Grade 1A K13502 — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 2 ASTM A 512 Grade 1030 G10300 — 75/55 [515/380] Mechan
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
64
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ical Tube C
ate C-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ical Tube C
ging C
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
ss Tube C-Mn-Si
d Shapes C-Mn-Si
ughness Plate C-Mn-Si
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-Cb
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-Cb
nd Bars C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-Cb
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 2 ASTM A 512 Grade 1035 G10350 75/55 [515/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 513 Grade 1020 CW G10200 — 70/50 [485/345] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 513 Grade 1025 CW G10250 — 75/55 [515/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 513 Grade 1026 G10260 — 70/55 [485/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 513 Grade 1027 G10270 — 70/55 [485/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 513 Grade 1030 G10300 — 75/55 [515/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 513 Grade 1035 G10350 75/55 [515/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 515 Grade 70 K03101 — 70/38 [485/260] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 516 Grade 70 K02700 — 70/38 [485/260] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 519 Grade 1030 G10300 — 75/55 [515/380] Mechan
1 2 ASTM A 521 Class CE — — 75/37 [515/255] For
1 2 ASTM A 537 Class 1 K02400 ≤ 2.5 [65] 70/50 [485/345] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 537 Class 1 K02400 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
65/45 [450/310] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 541 Class 1 K03506 — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 2 ASTM A 541 Class 1A — — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 2 ASTM A 556 Grade C2 K03006 — 70/40 [485/275] Seamle
1 2 ASTM A 572 Grade 55 — — 70/55 [485/380] Plate an
1 2 ASTM A 573 Grade 70 K02701 — 70/42 [485/290] Improved To
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade A K11330 ≤ 4.0 [100] 70/50 [485/345] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade A K11330 > 4.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 100 to ≤ 125]
67/46 [460/315] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A588 Grade A K11330 > 5.0 to ≤ 8.0
[> 125 to ≤ 200]
63/42 [435/290] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade B K12043 ≤ 4 [100] 70/50 [485/345] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade B K12043 > 4.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 100 to ≤ 125]
67/46 [460/315] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade B K12043 > 5.0 to ≤ 8.0
[> 125 to ≤ 200]
63/42 [435/290] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade C K11538 ≤ 4.0 [100] 70/50 [485/345] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade C K11538 > 4.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 100 to ≤ 125]
67/46 [460/315] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade C K11538 > 5.0 to ≤ 8.0
[> 125 to ≤ 200]
63/42 [435/290] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade K — ≤ 4.0 [100] 70/50 [485/345] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade K — > 4.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 100 to ≤ 125]
67/46 [460/315] Plate a
1 2 ASTM A 588 Grade K — > 5.0 to ≤ 8.0
[> 125 to ≤ 200]
63/42 [435/290] Plate a
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
65
al Shapes C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-Cb
d Tube C-Mn
d Tube C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn
 Tube C-Mn
 Tube C-Mn-Cu
be Mn-Cu-V
be Mn-Cu-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb
 Steel C-Mn-Si
 Steel C-Mn-Si
l Cast Pipe C-Si
l Cast Pipe C-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn
elded Pipe C-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
ar C
ar C
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
ar C-Mn-Si
ar C
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
1 2 ASTM A 588 All Grades — — 70/50 [485/345] Structur
1 2 ASTM A 595 Grade A K02004 — 65/55 [450/380] Tapere
1 2 ASTM A 595 Grade B K02005 — 70/60 [485/415] Tapere
1 2 ASTM A 606 Type 2 — — 65/45 [450/310] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A 606 Type 4 — — 70/50 [485/345] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A 607 Grade 45 — — 60/45 [415/310] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A 607 Grade 50 — — 65/50 [450/345] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A 607 Grade 55 — — 70/55 [485/380] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A 611 Grade E G10170 — 82/80 [565/550] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A 618 Grade 1a — — 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 618 Grade 1b K02601 — 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 618 Grade Class II K12609 — 70/50 [485/345] Tu
1 2 ASTM A 618 Grade Class III K12700 — 65/50 [450/345] Tu
1 2 ASTM A 633 Grade A K01802 ≤ 4.0 [100] 63/42 [435/290] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 633 Grade C K12000 ≤ 2.5 [65] 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 633 Grade C K12000 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
65/46 [450/315] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 633 Grade D K12037 ≤ 2.5 [65] 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 633 Grade D K12037 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
65/46 [450/315] HSLA
1 2 ASTM A 660 Grade WCB J03003 — 70/36 [485/250] Centrifuga
1 2 ASTM A 660 Grade WCC J02505 — 70/40 [485/275] Centrifuga
1 2 ASTM A 662 Grade C K02007 — 70/43 [485/295] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 668 Class D G10300 — 75/37.5 [515/260] For
1 2 ASTM A 671 Grade CB70 K03101 — 70/38 [485/260] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 671 Grade CC70 K02700 — 70/38 [485/260] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 671 Grade CD70 K02400 — 70/50 [485/345] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 671 Grade CK75 K02803 — 75/40 [515/275] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 672 Grade B70 K03101 — 70/38 [485/260] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 672 Grade C70 K02700 — 70/38 [485/260] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 672 Grade D70 K02400 — 70/50 [485/345] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 672 Grade N75 K02803 — 75/40 [515/275] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 675 Grade 70 — — 70/35 [485/240] B
1 2 ASTM A 675 Grade 75 — — 75/37.5 [515/260] B
1 2 ASTM A 691 Grade CMSH-70 K02400 — 70/50 [485/345] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 691 Grade CMS-75 K02803 — 75/40 [515/275] Fusion W
1 2 ASTM A 695 Type B, Grade 40 K03504 — 70/40 [485/275] B
1 2 ASTM A 696 Grade C K03200 — 70/40 [485/275] B
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
66
ging C-1Mn
ging C-1Mn
ging 1.3Mn-V-N
ging 1.3Mn-V-N
ging 1.8Ni-0.55Mn-0.25Mo
ging 1.8Ni-0.55Mn-0.25Mo
ging 1.2Cu-0.9Ni-0.7Cr-0.5Mn
ctural C-Mn-Si
 and Shapes C-Mn-Cr-Si
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate C-Mn-Si-Cb
ate C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
ctural C-Mn
 Pipe C
 Pipe C
 Pipe C
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si
 Steel C-Mn-Si
 Steel C-Mn-Si
 Steel C-Mn-Si
ipe C-Mn
ctural C-Mn-Si
pe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn-Cb-V-Ti
ipe C-Mn-Cb-V-Ti
 Steel C-Mn
 Steel C-Mn
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L1, Class 2 K02302 — 66/52 [455/360] For
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L2, Class 2 K03301 — 66/52 [455/360] For
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L3, Class 1 K12510 — 60/42 [415/290] For
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L3, Class 2 K12510 — 66/52 [455/360] For
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L4, Class 3 K12089 — 75/60 [515/415] For
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L4, Class 2 K12089 — 66/52 [455/360] For
1 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L5, Class 2 K20934 — 66/55 [455/380] For
1 2 ASTM A 709 Grade 50 — — 65/50 [450/345] Stru
1 2 ASTM A 709 Grade 50W — — 70/50 [485/345] Plate, Bars,
1 2 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 2 K20747 ≤ 1.0 [25] 72/65 [495/450] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 2 K20747 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
72/60 [495/415] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 2 K20747 > 2.0 to ≤ 4.0
[> 50 to ≤ 100]
65/55 [450/380] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 2 K20747 > 4.0 [100] 60/50 [415/345] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 737 Grade B K12001 — 70/50 [485/345] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 738 Grade A K12447 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
1 2 ASTM A 765 Grade II K03047 — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 2 ASTM A 913 Grade 50 — — 65/50 [450/345] Stru
1 2 ASTM A 984 Grade 45 — — 65/45 [450/310] Line
1 2 ASTM A 984 Grade 55 — — 70/55 [485/380] Line
1 2 ASTM A 984 Grade 65 — — 75/65 [515/450] Line
1 2 ASTM A1018 Grade 55, Class 1 — — 70/55 [485/380] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A1018 Grade 55, Class 2 — — 65/55 [450/380] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A1018 Grade 60, Class 1 — — 75/60 [515/415] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A1018 Grade 60, Class 2 — — 70/60 [485/415] Sheet a
1 2 ASTM A1018 Grade 65, Class 2 — — 75/65 [515/450] Sheet a
1 2 ABS ABS Grade AH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Hull
1 2 ABS ABS Grade DH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Hull
1 2 ABS ABS Grade EH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Hull
1 2 ABS ABS Grade FH36 K11852 — 71/51 [490/360] Hull
1 2 API 2H Grade 42 — — 62/42 [430/290] P
1 2 API 2H Grade 50 — — 70/50 [485/345] Stru
1 2 API 5L Grade X46 — — 63/46 [435/315] Pi
1 2 API 5L Grade X56 — — 71/56 [490/385] P
1 2 API 5L Grade X60 — — 75/60 [515/415] P
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 350 A — — 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 350 AT — — 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
67
 Steel C-Mn
ctural C-Mn
ctural C-Mn
ctural C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
ctural C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
ral Steel C-Mn-Cb-V
ral Steel C-Mn-Cb-V
ral Steel C-Mn-Cb-V
ral Steel C-Mn-Cb-V
ipe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn
ittings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
langesC-Mn-Si
elded Fittings C-Mn
elded Fittings C-Mn
elded Fittings C-Mn
ipe C-Mn-Si-V-Cb
ging 1.3Mn-Si-V-N
ging 1.3Mn-Si-V-N
ging 1.15Cu-0.85Ni-0.75Cr-0.5Mn
d Pipe
d Pipe
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 350 R — — 70/50 [485/345] HSLA
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 350 W — — 65/50 [450/345] Stru
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 350 WT — — 70/50 [485/345] Stru
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 380 W — — 70/55 [485/380] Stru
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 380 WT — — 70/55 [485/380] Stru
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 400 A — — 75/60 [515/415] HSLA
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 400 AT — — 75/60 [515/415] HSLA
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 400 W — — 75/60 [515/415] HSLA
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 400 WT — — 75/60 [515/415] HSLA
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 550 A — — 90/80 [620/550] Structu
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 550 AT — — 90/80 [620/550] Structu
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 550 W — — 90/80 [620/550] Structu
1 2 CSA G40.20/40.21 550 WT — — 90/80 [620/550] Structu
1 2 CSA Z245.1 317 — — 63/46 [435/315] P
1 2 CSA Z245.1 359 — — 66/52 [455/360] P
1 2 CSA Z245.1 386 — — 71/56 [490/385] P
1 2 CSA Z245.1 317 — — 63/46 [435/315] Steel F
1 2 CSA Z245.1 359 — — 66/52 [455/360] Steel F
1 2 CSA Z245.1 386 — — 71/56 [490/385] Steel F
1 2 CSA Z245.1 317 — — 63/46 [435/315] Steel F
1 2 CSA Z245.1 359 — — 66/52 [455/360] Steel F
1 2 CSA Z245.1 386 — — 71/56 [490/385] Steel F
1 2 MSS SP75 WPHY-56 — — 71/56 [490/385] Seamless and W
1 2 MSS SP75 WPHY-60 — — 75/60 [515/415] Seamless and W
1 2 MSS SP75 WPHY-65 — — 77/65 [530/450] Seamless and W
1 3 ASTM A 333 Grade 10 — — 80/65 [550/450] P
1 3 ASTM A 350 Grade LF6, Class 2 K12202 — 75/60 [515/415] For
1 3 ASTM A 350 Grade LF6, Class 3 K12202 — 75/60 [515/415] For
1 3 ASTM A 350 Grade LF787, 
Class 3
— — 75/65 [515/450] For
1 3 ASTM A 381 Class 60 — — 75/60 [515/415] Welde
1 3 ASTM A 381 Class 65 — — 77/65 [530/450] Welde
1 3 ASTM A 537 Class 2 K02400 ≤ 2.5 [65] 80/60 [550/415] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 537 Class 2 K02400 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.00
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
75/55 [515/380] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 537 Class 2 K02400 > 4.0 to ≤ 6.0
[> 100 to ≤ 150]
70/46 [485/315] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 537 Class 3 K02400 ≤ 2.5 [65] 80/55 [550/380] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
68
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
nd Bars C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
pes C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn
 Steel C-Mn-Si-N
 Steel C-Mn-Si-N
ars C
ars C
ars C
ars C
ging C-Mn
ging C-Mn
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
ars
ars
elded Pipe C-Mn-Si
ging C-1Mn
ging 1.3Mn-V-N
ging 1.2Cu-0.9ANi-0.7Cr-0.5Mn
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate Ni-Cu-Cr-Mo-Cb
ate C-Mn-Si-V
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 3 ASTM A 537 Class 3 K02400 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.00
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
75/50 [515/345] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 537 Class 3 K02400 > 4.0 to ≤ 6.0
[> 100 to ≤ 150]
70/40 [485/275] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 541 Grade 1 — — 70/36 [485/250] For
1 3 ASTM A 572 Grade 60 K02305 — 75/60 [515/415] Plate a
1 3 ASTM A 572 Grade 65 K02306 — 80/65 [550/450] Sha
1 3 ASTM A 607 Grade 60 — — 75/60 [515/415] Sheet a
1 3 ASTM A 607 Grade 65 — — 80/65 [550/450] Sheet a
1 3 ASTM A 607 Grade 70 — — 85/70 [585/485] Sheet a
1 3 ASTM A 611 Grade E G10170 — 82/80 [565/550] Sheet a
1 3 ASTM A 633 Grade E K12202 ≤ 4.00 [≤ 100] 80/60 [550/415] HSLA
1 3 ASTM A 633 Grade E K12202 > 4.0 to ≤ 6.0
[> 100 to ≤ 150]
75/55 [515/380] HSLA
1 3 ASTM A 663 Grade 70 — — 70/39 [485/270] B
1 3 ASTM A 663 Grade 75 — — 75/41 [515/285] B
1 3 ASTM A 663 Grade 79 — — 70/35 [485/240] B
1 3 ASTM A 663 Grade 80 — — 80/44 [550/305] B
1 3 ASTM A 668 Class F — ≤ 4.0 [100] 90/55 [620/380] For
1 3 ASTM A 668 Class F — > 4.0 to ≤ 10.0
[> 100 to ≤ 250]
85/50 [585/345] For
1 3 ASTM A 671 Grade CD80 K02400 — 80/60 [550/415] Fusion W
1 3 ASTM A 672 Grade D80 K02400 — 80/65 [550/450] Fusion W
1 3 ASTM A 675 Grade 80 — — 80/40 [550/275] B
1 3 ASTM A 675 Grade 90 — — 90/55 [620/380] B
1 3 ASTM A 691 Grade CMSH-80 K02400 — 80/60 [550/415] Fusion W
1 3 ASTM A 707 Grade L2, Class 3 K03301 — 75/60 [515/415] For
1 3 ASTM A 707 Grade L3, Class 3 K12510 — 75/60 [515/415] For
1 3 ASTM A 707 Grade L5, Class 3 K20934 — 75/60 [515/415] For
1 3 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 3 K20747 ≤ 2.00 [50] 85/75 [585/515] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 3 K20747 > 2.0 to ≤ 4.0
[> 50 to ≤ 100]
75/65 [515/450] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 710 Grade A, Class 3 K20747 > 4.0 [150] 70/60 [485/415] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 737 Grade C K12202 — 80/60 [550/415] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 738 Grade B K12447 — 85/60 [585/415] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 738 Grade C — ≤ 2.5 [65] 80/60 [550/415] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 738 Grade C — > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
> 65 to ≤ 100]
75/55 [515/380] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
69
ate C-Mn-Si
ging C-Mn-Si
al Shapes C-Mn
al Shapes C-Mn
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
ctural C-Mn-Si
ctural C-Mn-Si
ctural C-Mn-Si
ctural C-Mn-Si
pe C-Mn-Cb-V-Ti
pe C-Mn-Cb-V-Ti
pe C-Mn
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
 Steel C-Mn-Si-Cb-V
ipe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn
ittings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Mn-Si
ittings C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
langes C-Mn-Si
elded Fittings C-Mn
ging 1.2Cu-0.9Ni-0.7Cr-0.5Mn
ate
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate
ate
ate
ate
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
1 3 ASTM A 738 Grade C — > 4.0 to ≤ 6.0
[> 100 to ≤ 150]
70/46 [485/315] Pl
1 3 ASTM A 765 Grade IV K03046 — 80/50 [550/345] For
1 3 ASTM A 913 Grade 60 — — 75/60 [515/415] Structur
1 3 ASTM A 913 Grade 65 — — 80/65 [550/450] Structur
1 3 ASTM A 1018 Grade 65, Class 1 — — 80/65 [550/450] Sheet a
1 3 ASTM A 1018 Grade 70, Class 2 — — 80/70 [550/485] Sheet a
1 3 ABS ABS Grade AH40 K11857 — 74/57 [510/390] Stru
1 3 ABS ABS Grade DH40 K11857 — 74/57 [510/390] Stru
1 3 ABS ABS Grade EH40 K11857 — 74/57 [510/390] Stru
1 3 ABS ABS Grade FH40 K11857 — 74/57 [510/390] Stru
1 3 API 5L Grade X65 — — 77/65 [530/450] Pi
1 3 API 5L Grade X70 — — 82/70 [565/485] Pi
1 3 API 5L Grade X80 — — 90/80 [620/550] Pi
1 3 CSA G40.20/40.21 480A — — 85/70 [585/485] HSLA
1 3 CSA G40.20/40.21 480AT — — 85/70 [585/485] HSLA
1 3 CSA G40.20/40.21 480 W — — 85/70 [585/485] HSLA
1 3 CSA G40.20/40.21 480 WT — — 85/70 [585/485] HSLA
1 3 CSA Z245.1 414 — — 75/60 [515/415] P
1 3 CSA Z245.1 448 — — 77/65 [530/450] P
1 3 CSA Z245.1 483 — — 82/70 [565/485] P
1 3 CSA Z245.1 414 — — 75/60 [515/415] Steel F
1 3 CSA Z245.1 448 — — 77/65 [530/450] Steel F
1 3 CSA Z245.1 483 — — 82/70 [565/485] Steel F
1 3 CSA Z245.1 414 — — 75/60 [515/415] Steel F
1 3 CSA Z245.1 448 — — 77/65 [530/450] Steel F
1 3 CSA Z245.1 483 — — 82/70 [565/485] Steel F
1 3 MSS SP75 WPHY-70 — — 82/70 [565/485] Seamless and W
1 4 ASTM A 707 Grade L5, Class 4 K20934 — 90/75 [620/515] For
1 4 ASTM A 710 Grade A CL.1 — — 90/85 [620/585] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 724 Grade A K11831 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 724 GradeB K12031 — 95/75 [655/515] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 724 Grade C K12037 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 736 Grade A CL.1 — — 90/80 [620/550] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 736 Grade A CL.2 — — 72/60 [495/415] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 736 Grade A CL.3 — — 85/75 [585/515] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 736 Grade C CL.1 — — 100/90 [690/620] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
70
ate
 Pipe C
nd Strip C-Mn-Cb-V
pe C-Mn
ipe C-Mn
ittings C-Mn-Si
bar C
bar C
bar C
bar C
bar C
bar C
bar C
bar C
be C-Mo
ate C-0.5Mo
ss Tube C-0.5Mo
ss Tube C-0.5Mo
ss Tube C-0.5Mo
ss Tube 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
tings C-0.5Mo
ittings C-0.5Mo
 Tube C-0.5Mo
 Tube 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
 Tube C-0.5Mo
 Tube C-0.5Mo
ss Pipe C-0.5Mo
ss Pipe 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
ss Pipe 1.5Si-0.5mo
tings C-0.5Mo
pe 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
ipe C-0.5Mo
ate 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
l Cast Pipe C-0.5Mo
l Cast Pipe C-0.5Mo-Si
l Cast Pipe 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
1 4 ASTM A 736 Grade C, Class 3 — — 90/80 [620/550] Pl
1 4 ASTM A 984 Grade 85 — — 90/80 [620/550] Line
1 4 ASTM A 1018 Grade 70, Class 1 — — 85/70 [585/485] Sheet a
1 4 API 5L Grade X80 — — 90/80 [620/550] Pi
1 4 CSA Z245.1 550 — — 90/80 [620/550] P
1 4 CSA Z245.1 550 — — 90/80 [620/550] Steel F
1A 4 ASTM A 615 Grade 40 — — 70/40 [485/275] Re
1A 4 ASTM A 615 Grade 60 — — 90/60 [620/415] Re
1A 4 ASTM A 706 — K03011 — 80/60 [550/415] Re
1A 4 CSA G30.18 300R — — 60/40 [415/275] Re
1A 4 CSA G30.18 400 R — — 80/50 [550/345] Re
1A 4 CSA G30.18 500 R — — 90/60 [620/415] Re
1A 4 CSA G30.18 400 W — — 80/60 [550/415] Re
1A 4 CSA G30.18 500 W — — 90/70 [620/485] Re
3 1 ASTM A 161 Grade T1 K11522 — 55/30 [380/205] Tu
3 1 ASTM A 204 Grade A K11820 — 65/37 [450/255] Pl
3 1 ASTM A 209 Grade T1a K12023 — 60/32 [415/220] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 209 Grade T1b K11422 — 53/28 [365/195] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 209 Grade T1 K11522 — 55/30 [380/205] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 213 GradeT2 K11547 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 217 Grade WC1 J12524 — 65/35 [450/240] Cas
3 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP1 K12821 — 55/30 [380/205] Pipe F
3 1 ASTM A 250 Grade T1a K12023 — 60/32 [415/220] ERW
3 1 ASTM A 250 Grade T2 K11547 — 60/30 [415/205] ERW
3 1 ASTM A 250 Grade T1 K11522 — 55/30 [380/205] ERW
3 1 ASTM A 250 Grade T1b K11422 — 53/28 [365/195] ERW
3 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P1 K11522 — 55/30 [380/205] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P2 K11547 — 55/30 [380/205] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P15 K11578 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
3 1 ASTM A 352 Grade LC1 J12522 — 65/35 [450/240] Cas
3 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FP2 K11547 — 55/30 [380/205] Pi
3 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FP1 K11522 — 55/30 [380/205] P
3 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 2, Class 1 K12143 — 55/33 [380/230] Pl
3 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP1 J12521 — 55/35 [380/240] Centrifuga
3 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP15 J11522 — 60/30 [415/205] Centrifuga
3 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP2 J11547 — 55/30 [380/205] Centrifuga
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
71
d Tube Mn-Ni-Cr-Cu-Cb
elded Pipe C-0.5Mo
elded Pipe 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
elded Pipe C-0.5Mo
ging 2Mn-0.3Mo-Cb
d Shapes Low C-Mn
s and Fittings C-0.5Mo
s and Fittings 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
ate C-0.5Mo
ate C-0.5Mo
ittings C-0.5Mo
ate Mn-0.5Mo
ging C-0.5Mo
ate 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
elded Pipe Mn-0.5Mo
elded Pipe C-0.5Mo
elded Pipe C-0.5Mo
elded Pipe C-0.5Mo
elded Pipe C-0.5Mo
elded Pipe 0.5Cr-0.5Mo
ging 2Mn-0.3Mo-Cb
d Shapes C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
d Shapes Low C-Mn
d Sheet Mn-0.5Mo
d Sheet Mn-0.5Mo-0.5Ni
d Sheet Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
tings 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Mo-.3Cr-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Mo-.3Cr-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Mo-Cr-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Mo-Cr-V
ging 30.5Ni-2.75Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate Mn-0.5Mo
ate Mn-0.5Mo
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.5Ni
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
3 1 ASTM A 595 Grade C K11526 — 70/60 [485/415] Tapere
3 1 ASTM A 672 Grade L65 K11820 — 65/37 [450/255] Fusion W
3 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 1/2 CR K12143 — 55/33 [380/230] Fusion W
3 1 ASTM A 691 Grade CM-65, 
Gr. A
K11820 — 65/37 [450/255] Fusion W
3 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L6, Class 1 K02902 — 60/42 [415/290] For
3 1 ASTM A 945 Grade 50 — — 70/50 [485/345] Plate an
3 2 ASTM A 182 Grade F1 K12822 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe Flange
3 2 ASTM A 182 Grade F2 K12122 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe Flange
3 2 ASTM A 204 Grade B K12020 — 70/40 [485/275] Pl
3 2 ASTM A 204 Grade C K12320 — 75/43 [515/295] Pl
3 2 ASTM A 234 Grade WP1 K12821 — 55/30 [380/205] Pipe F
3 2 ASTM A 302 Grade A K12021 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
3 2 ASTM A 336 Grade F1 K12520 — 70/40 [485/275] For
3 2 ASTM A 387 Grade 2, Class 2 K12143 — 70/45 [485/310] Pl
3 2 ASTM A 672 Grade H75 K12021 — 75/45 [515/310] Fusion W
3 2 ASTM A 672 Grade L70 K12020 — 70/40 [485/275] Fusion W
3 2 ASTM A 672 Grade L75 K12320 — 75/43 [515/295] Fusion W
3 2 ASTM A 691 Grade CM70 K12020 — 70/40 [485/275] Fusion W
3 2 ASTM A 691 Grade CM75 K12320 — 75/43 [515/295] Fusion W
3 2 ASTM A 691 Grade 1/2 CR K12143 — 70/45 [485/310] Fusion W
3 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L6, Class 2 K02902 — 66/55 [455/380] For
3 2 ASTM A 871 Grade 60 — — 75/60 [515/415] Plate an
3 2 ASTM A 945 Grade 65 — — 78/65 [540/450] Plate an
3 3 ASTM A 302 Grade B K12022 — 80/50 [550/345] Plate an
3 3 ASTM A 302 Grade C K12039 — 80/50 [550/345] Plate an
3 3 ASTM A 302 Grade D K12054 — 80/50 [550/345] Plate an
3 3 ASTM A 487 Grade 4, Class C J13047 — 90/60 [620/415] Cas
3 3 ASTM A 508 Grade 2, Class 1 K12766 — 80/50 [550/345] For
3 3 ASTM A 508 Grade 2, Class 2 K12766 — 90/65 [620/450] For
3 3 ASTM A 508 Grade 3, Class 1 K12042 — 80/50 [550/345] For
3 3 ASTM A 508 Grade 3, Class 2 K12042 — 90/65 [620/450] For
3 3 ASTM A 508 Grade 4N, Class 3 K22375 — 90/70 [620/485] For
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type A, Class 1 K12521 — 80/50 [550/345] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type A, Class 2 K12521 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type B, Class 1 K12539 — 80/50 [550/345] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
72
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.5Ni
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.25Ni
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.25Ni
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Mo-.3Cr-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Mo-.3Cr-V
ging 0.5Ni-0.5Mo-V
ging 0.5Ni-0.5Mo-V
elded Pipe Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
elded Pipe Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
elded Pipe Mn-0.5Mo
ging 2Mn-0.3Mo-Cb
d Shapes C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
ging 2Mn-0.3Mo-Cb
s and Fittings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
s and Fittings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
s and Fittings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
s and Fittings 1Cr-0.5Mo
s and Fittings 1Cr-0.5Mo
ate 0.5Cr-1.25Mn-Si
ate 0.5Cr-1.25Mn-Si
ss Tube 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ss Tube 1Cr-0.5Mo
tings 1Ni-Cr-0.5Mo
tings 0.75Ni-Mo-0.75Cr
tings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo
ittings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ittings 1Cr-0.5Mo
 Tube 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ipe 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
pe 1Cr-0.5Mo
ging 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ging 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)3 3 ASTM A 533 Type B, Class 2 K12539 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type C, Class 1 K12554 — 80/50 [550/345] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type C, Class 2 K12554 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type D, Class 1 K12529 — 80/50 [550/345] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 533 Type D, Class 2 K12529 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
3 3 ASTM A 541 Grade 2, Class 1 K12765 — 80/50 [550/345] For
3 3 ASTM A 541 Grade 2, Class 2 K12765 — 90/65 [620/450] For
3 3 ASTM A 541 Grade 3, Class 1 K12045 — 80/50 [550/345] For
3 3 ASTM A 541 Grade 3, Class 2 K12045 — 90/65 [620/450] For
3 3 ASTM A 672 Grade J80 K12554 — 80/50 [550/345] Fusion W
3 3 ASTM A 672 Grade J90 K12554 — 90/70 [620/485] Fusion W
3 3 ASTM A 672 Grade H80 K12022 — 80/50 [550/345] Fusion W
3 3 ASTM A 707 Grade L6, Class 3 K02902 — 75/60 [515/415] For
3 3 ASTM A 871 Grade 65 — — 80/65 [550/450] Plate an
3 4 ASTM A 707 Grade L6, Class 4 K02902 — 90/75 [620/515] For
4 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F11, Class 1 K11597 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe Flange
4 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F11, Class 2 K11572 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe Flange
4 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F11, Class 3 K11572 — 75/45 [515/310] Pipe Flange
4 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F12, Class 1 K11562 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe Flange
4 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F12, Class 2 K11564 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe Flange
4 1 ASTM A 202 Grade A K11742 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
4 1 ASTM A 202 Grade B K12542 — 85/47 [585/324] Pl
4 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T11 K11597 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
4 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T12 K11562 — 60/32 [415/220] Seamle
4 1 ASTM A 217 Grade WC4 J12082 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
4 1 ASTM A 217 Grade WC5 J22000 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
4 1 ASTM A 217 Grade WC6 J12072 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
4 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP11, 
Class 1
— — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe F
4 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP12, 
Class 1
K12062 — 60/32 [415/220] Pipe F
4 1 ASTM A 250 Grade T11 K11597 — 60/30 [415/205] ERW
4 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P11 K11597 — 60/30 [415/205] P
4 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P12 K11562 — 60/32 [415/220] Pi
4 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F11, Class 1 K11597 — 60/30 [415/205] For
4 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F11, Class 2 K11572 — 70/40 [485/275] For
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
73
ging 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ging 1Cr-0.5Mo
ipe 1.25Cr-Mo-Si
ipe 1Cr-0.5Mo
ate 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ate 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ate 1Cr-0.5Mo
ate 1Cr-0.5Mo
tings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-V
tings 1Cr-1Mo-V
 Pipe 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-0.5Mn
 Pipe 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-0.5Mn
ging 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
elded Pipe 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
elded Pipe 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
elded Pipe 1Cr-0.5Mo
elded Pipe 1Cr-0.5Mo
ar 1.25Cr-0.5Mo
ittings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ittings 1.25Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ittings 1Cr-0.5Mo
pe 0.75Cr-0.75Ni-Cu-Al
be 0.75Cr-0.5Ni-Cu
be 0.75Ni-0.5Cu-Mo
tings C
s and Fittings 3Cr-1Mo
s and Fittings 2.25Cr-1Mo
s and Fittings 2.25Cr-1Mo
ss Tube 3Cr-1Mo
ss Tube 2.25Cr-1Mo
tings 2.25Cr-1Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
4 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F11, Class 3 K11572 — 75/45 [515/310] For
4 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F12 K11564 — 70/40 [485/275] For
4 1 ASTM A 339 Grade FP11 K11597 — 60/30 [415/205] P
4 1 ASTM A 339 Grade FP12 K11562 — 60/30 [415/205] P
4 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 11, Class 1 K11789 — 60/35 [415/240] Pl
4 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 11, Class 2 K11789 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
4 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 12, Class 1 K11757 — 55/33 [380/230] Pl
4 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 12, Class 2 K11757 — 65/40 [450/275] Pl
4 1 ASTM A 389 Grade C23 J12080 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
4 1 ASTM A 389 Grade C24 J12092 — 80/50 [550/345] Cas
4 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP11 J12072 — 70/40 [485/275] Cast
4 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP12 J11562 — 60/30 [415/205] Cast
4 1 ASTM A 541 Grade 11, Cl 4 K11572 — 80/50 [550/345] For
4 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 1CR, Class 1 K11757 — 55/33 [380/230] Fusion W
4 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 1CR, Class 2 K11789 — 65/40 [450/275] Fusion W
4 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 1.25CR, 
Class 1
K11757 — 60/35 [415/240] Fusion W
4 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 1.25CR, 
Class 2
K11789 — 75/45 [515/310] Fusion W
4 1 ASTM A 739 Grade B11 K11797 — 70/45 [485/310] B
4 2 ASTM A 234 Grade WP11, 
Class 2
— — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe F
4 2 ASTM A 234 Grade WP11, 
Class 3
— — 75/45 [515/310] Pipe F
4 2 ASTM A 234 Grade 2 K12062 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe F
4 2 ASTM A 333 Grade 4 K11267 — 60/35 [415/240] Pi
4 2 ASTM A 423 Grade 1 K11535 — 60/37 [415/255] Tu
4 2 ASTM A 423 Grade 2 K11540 — 60/37 [415/255] Tu
4 3 ASTM A 148 Grade 90-60 — — 90/60 [620/415] Cas
5A 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F21 K31545 — 75/45 [515/310] Pipe Flange
5A 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F22, Class 1 K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe Flange
5A 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F22, Class 3 K21590 — 75/45 [515/310] Pipe Flange
5A 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T21 K31545 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5A 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T22 K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5A 1 ASTM A 217 Grade WC9 J21890 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
74
ittings 2.25Cr-1Mo-Mn
ittings 2.25Cr-1Mo-Mn
 Tube 2.25Cr-1Mo
ss Pipe 3Cr-1Mo
ss Pipe 2.25Cr-1Mo
ging 3Cr-1Mo
ging 3Cr-1Mo
ging 2.25Cr-1Mo
ging 2.25Cr-1Mo
d Pipe 3Cr-1Mo
d Pipe 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 3Cr-1Mo
ate 3Cr-1Mo
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
l Cast Pipe 3Cr-1Mo
l Cast Pipe 2.25Cr-1Mo
elded Pipe 3Cr-1Mo
elded Pipe 3Cr-1Mo
elded Pipe 2.25Cr-1Mo
elded Pipe 2.25Cr-1Mo
ar 2.25Cr-1Mo
s and Fittings 5Cr-0.5Mo
s and Fittings 5Cr-0.5Mo
s and Fittings 9Cr-1Mo
ss Tube 5Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ss Tube 5Cr-0.5Mo-Ti
ss Tube 5Cr-0.5Mo
ss Tube 9Cr-1Mo
tings 5Cr-0.5Mo
tings 9Cr-1Mo
ittings 5Cr-0.5Mo
ittings 9Cr-1Mo
ittings 9Cr-1Mo-V
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
5A 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP22, 
Class 1
K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe F
5A 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP22, 
Class 3
K21590 — 75/45 [515/310] Pipe F
5A 1 ASTM A 250 Grade T22 K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] ERW
5A 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P21 K31545 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5A 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P22 K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5A 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F21 Class 1 K31545 — 60/30 [415/205] For
5A 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F21, Class 3 K31545 — 75/45 [515/310] For
5A 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F22, Class 1 K21590 — 60/45 [415/310] For
5A 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F22, Class 3 K21590 — 75/45 [515/310] For
5A 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FP21 K31545 — 60/30 [415/205] Forge
5A 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FP22 K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Forge
5A 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 21, Class 1 K31545 — 60/30 [415/205] Pl
5A 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 21, Class 2 K31545 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
5A 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 22, Class 1 K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Pl
5A 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 22, Class 2 K21590 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
5A 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP21 J31545 — 60/40 [415/275] Centrifuga
5A 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP22 J21890 — 70/40 [485/275] Centrifuga
5A 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 3CR, Class 1 K31545 — 60/30 [415/205] Fusion W
5A 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 3CR, Class 2 K31545 — 75/45 [515/310] Fusion W
5A 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 2-1/4CR, 
Class 1
K21590 — 60/30 [415/205] Fusion W
5A 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 2-1/4CR, 
Class 2
K21590 — 75/45 [515/310] Fusion W
5A 1 ASTM A 739 Grade B22 K21390 — 75/45 [515/310] B
5B 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F5 K41545 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe Flange
5B 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F5a K42544 — 90/65 [620/450] Pipe Flange
5B 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F9 K90941 — 85/55 [585/380] Pipe Flange
5B 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T5b K51545— 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T5c K41245 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T5 K41545 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T9 K81590 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 217 Grade C5 J42025 — 90/60 [620/415] Cas
5B 1 ASTM A 217 Grade C12 J82090 — 90/60 [620/415] Cas
5B 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP5 K41545 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe F
5B 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP9 K90941 — 60/30 [415/205] Pipe F
5B 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WP91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Pipe F
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
75
ss Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo-Si
ss Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo
ss Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo-Ti
ss Pipe 9Cr-1Mo
ging 5Cr-0.5Mo
ging 5Cr-0.5Mo
ging 9Cr-1Mo
d Pipe 9Cr-1Mo
d Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo
ate 5Cr-0.5Mo
ate 5Cr-0.5Mo
l Cast Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo
l Cast Pipe 5Cr-1.5Mo
l Cast Pipe 9Cr-1Mo
elded Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo
elded Pipe 5Cr-0.5Mo
s and Fittings 9Cr-1Mo-V
ss Tube 9Cr-1Mo-V
ittings 9Cr-1Mo-V
ss Pipe 9Cr-1Mo-V
ging 9Cr-1Mo-V
d Pipe 9Cr-1Mo-V
ate 9Cr-1Mo-V
s and Fittings 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
ging 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
tings 2.25Cr-1Mo
ging 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
ging 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
ging 2.25Cr-1Mo
d Sheet 2.25Cr-1Mo
d Sheet 2.25Cr-1Mo
d Sheet 2.25Cr-1Mo
d Sheet 2.25Cr-1Mo
d Sheet 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
d Sheet 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
ate 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
5B 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P5b K51545 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P5 K41545 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P5c K41245 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 335 Grade P9 K81590 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
5B 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F5 K41545 — 60/36 [415/250] For
5B 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F5A K42544 — 80/50 [550/345] For
5B 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F9 K81590 — 85/55 [585/380] For
5B 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FP9 K90941 — 60/30 [415/205] Forge
5B 1 ASTM A 369 Grade FP5 K41545 — 60/30 [415/205] Forge
5B 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 5, Class 1 K41545 — 60/30 [415/205] Pl
5B 1 ASTM A 387 Grade 5, Class 2 K41545 — 75/45 [515/310] Pl
5B 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP5 J42045 — 90/60 [620/415] Centrifuga
5B 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP5b J51545 — 60/30 [415/205] Centrifuga
5B 1 ASTM A 426 Grade CP9 J82090 — 90/60 [620/415] Centrifuga
5B 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 5CR, Class 1 K41545 — 60/30 [415/205] Fusion W
5B 1 ASTM A 691 Grade 5CR, Class 2 K41545 — 75/45 [515/310] Fusion W
5B 2 ASTM A 182 Grade F91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Pipe Flange
5B 2 ASTM A 213 Grade T91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Seamle
5B 2 ASTM A 234 Grade WP91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Pipe F
5B 2 ASTM A 335 Grade P91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Seamle
5B 2 ASTM A 336 Grade F91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] For
5B 2 ASTM A 369 Grade FP91 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Forge
5B 2 ASTM A 387 Grade 91, Class 2 S50460 — 85/60 [585/415] Pl
5C 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F3V K31830 — 85/60 [585/415] Pipe Flange
5C 1 ASTM A 336 Grade F3V K31830 — 85/60 [585/415] For
5C 1 ASTM A 487 Grade 8A J22091 — 85/55 [585/380] Cas
5C 1 ASTM A 508 Grade 3V K31830 — 85/60 [585/415] For
5C 1 ASTM A 541 Grade 3V K31830 — 85/60 [585/415] For
5C 1 ASTM A 541 Grade 22, Class 3 K21390 — 85/55 [585/380] For
5C 1 ASTM A 542 Type B, Class 4a K21590 — 85/60 [585/415] Plate an
5C 1 ASTM A 542 Type A, Class 4 K21590 — 85/55 [585/380] Plate an
5C 1 ASTM A 542 Type A, Class 4a K21590 — 85/60 [585/415] Plate an
5C 1 ASTM A 542 Type B, Class 4 K21590 — 85/55 [585/380] Plate an
5C 1 ASTM A 542 Type C, Class 4 K31830 — 85/55 [585/380] Plate an
5C 1 ASTM A 542 Type C, Class 4a K31830 — 85/60 [585/415] Plate an
5C 1 ASTM A 832 Grade 21V K31830 — 85/60 [585/415] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
76
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 3Cr-1Mo-V-Ti-B
tings 2.25Cr-1Mo
tings 2.25Cr-1Mo
ging 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 3Cr-1Mo-V-Ti-B
ging 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 3Cr-1Mo-0.25V
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
ate 2.25Cr-1Mo
s and Fittings 13Cr
ate 13Cr
be 11Cr-Ti
be 13Cr
ar 13Cr
ging 12Cr
ging 13Cr
ging 13Cr-2Ni
d Shapes 12Cr
d Shapes 13Cr
s and Fittings 15Cr
ate 15Cr
be 15Cr
ging 13Cr-Al
ging 13Cr
ging 15Cr
ging 17Cr
s and Fittings 13Cr
s and Fittings 13Cr
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
5C 3 ASTM A 542 Type A, Class 3 K21590 — 95/75 [655/515] Pl
5C 3 ASTM A 542 Type B, Class 3 K21590 — 95/75 [655/515] Pl
5C 3 ASTM A 542 Type C, Class 3 K31830 — 95/75 [655/515] Pl
5C 4 ASTM A 487 Grade 8 Class B J22091 — 105/85 [725/585] Cas
5C 4 ASTM A 487 Grade 8 Class C J22091 — 100/75 [690/515] Cas
5C 4 ASTM A 541 Grade 22, Class 4 K21390 — 105/85 [725/585] For
5C 4 ASTM A 542 Type A, Class 1 K21590 — 105/85 [725/585] Pl
5C 4 ASTM A 542 Type B, Class 1 K21590 — 105/85 [725/585] Pl
5C 4 ASTM A 542 Type C, Class1 K31830 — 105/85 [725/585] Pl
5C 5 ASTM A 541 Grade 22, Class 5 K21390 — 115/100 [795/690] For
5C 5 ASTM A 542 Type C, Class 2 K31830 — 115/100 [795/690] Pl
5C 5 ASTM A 542 Type A, Class 2 K21590 — 115/100 [795/690] Pl
5C 5 ASTM A 542 Type B, Class 2 K21590 — 115/100 [795/690] Pl
6 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F6a, Class 1 S41000 — 70/40 [485/275] Pipe Flange
6 1 ASTM A 240 Type 410 S41000 — 65/30 [450/205] Pl
6 1 ASTM A 268 Type 409 S40900 — 55/30 [380/205] Tu
6 1 ASTM A 268 Type 410 S41000 — 60/30 [415/205] Tu
6 1 ASTM A 276 Type 410 S41000 — 70/40 [485/275] B
6 1 ASTM A 473 Type 403 S40300 — 70/40 [485/275] For
6 1 ASTM A 473 Type 410 S41000 — 70/40 [485/275] For
6 1 ASTM A 473 Type 414A S41400 — 65/35 [450/240] For
6 1 ASTM A 479 Type 403 S40300 — 70/40 [485/275] Bars an
6 1 ASTM A 479 Type 410 S41000 — 70/40 [485/275] Bars an
6 2 ASTM A 182 F429 S42900 — 60/35 [415/240] Pipe Flange
6 2 ASTM A 240 Type 429 S42900 — 65/30 [450/205] Pl
6 2 ASTM A 268 Type 429 S42900 — 60/35 [415/240] Tu
6 2 ASTM A 473 Type 405 S40500 — 60/30 [415/205] For
6 2 ASTM A 473 Type 420 S42000 — 70/35 [485/240] For
6 2 ASTM A 473 Type 429 S42900 — 65/35 [450/240] For
6 2 ASTM A 473 Type 430 S43000 — 70/35 [485/240] For
6 3 ASTM A 182 Grade F6a, Class 2 S41000 — 85/55 [585/380] Pipe Flange
6 3 ASTM A 182 Grade F6a, Class 3 S41000 — 110/85 [760/585] Pipe Flange
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
77
s and Fittings 13Cr
s and Fittings 13Cr-0.5Mo
tings 13Cr
ging 13Cr
 Pipe 13Cr
d Shapes 12.5Cr-2Ni-Si
tings 13Cr
tings 13Cr
tings 13Cr
tings 13Cr
s and Fittings 13Cr-4.5Ni-Mo
ate 13Cr-4.5Ni-Mo
 Welded Tube 13Cr-4.5Ni-Mo
tings 13Cr-4Ni
d Shapes 13Cr-4.5Ni-Mo
tings 13Cr-4Ni
tings 13Cr-4Ni
ittings 13Cr-4.5Ni-Mo
ate 12Cr-1Al
ate 11Cr-Ti
ate 13Cr
 Welded Tube 12Cr-Ti
be 12Cr-1Al
ate 11Cr-Ti
 Welded Tube 18Cr-Ti-Cb
d Shapes 12Cr-1Al
s and Fittings 17Cr
ate 18Cr-2Mo
ate 17Cr
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,
(Continued)
6 3 ASTM A 182 Grade F6a, Class 4 S41000 — 130/110 [895/758] Pipe Flange
6 3 ASTMA 182 Grade F6b S41026 — 110/90 [760/620] Pipe Flange
6 3 ASTM A 217 Grade CA15 J91150 — 90/65 [620/450] Cas
6 3 ASTM A 336 Grade F6 S41000 — 85/55 [585/380] For
6 3 ASTM A 426 Grade CPCA15 J91150 — 90/65 [620/450] Cast
6 3 ASTM A 479 Type 414 S41400 — 115/90 [795/620] Bars an
6 3 ASTM A 487 Grade CA15, 
Class B
J91450 — 90/65 [620/450] Cas
6 3 ASTM A 487 Grade CA15, 
Class C
J91171 — 90/60 [620/415] Cas
6 3 ASTM A 487 Grade CA15, 
Class D
J91171 — 100/75 [690/515] Cas
6 3 ASTM A 487 Grade CA15M, 
Class A
J91451 — 90/65 [620/450] Cas
6 4 ASTM A 182 Grade F6NM S41500 — 115/90 [795/620] Pipe Flange
6 4 ASTM A 240 Grade S41500 S41500 — 115/90 [795/620] Pl
6 4 ASTM A 268 Grade S41500 S41500 — 115/90 [795/620] Seamless and
6 4 ASTM A 352 Grade CA6NM J91540 — 110/80 [760/550] Cas
6 4 ASTM A 479 Type S41500 S41500 — 115/90 [795/620] Bars an
6 4 ASTM A 487 Grade CA6NM, 
Class A
J91540 — 110/80 [760/550] Cas
6 4 ASTM A 487 Grade CA6NM, 
Class B
J91540 — 100/75 [690/515] Cas
6 4 ASTM A 815 Grade S41500 S41500 — 110/90 [760/620] Pipe F
7 1 ASTM A 240 Type 405 S40500 — 60/25 [415/170] Pl
7 1 ASTM A 240 Type 409 S40900 — 55/25 [380/170] Pl
7 1 ASTM A 240 Type 410S S41008 — 60/30 [415/205] Pl
7 1 ASTM A 268 S40800 S40800 — 55/30 [380/205] Seamless and
7 1 ASTM A 268 Type 405 S40500 — 60/30 [415/205] Tu
7 1 ASTM A 268 Type 409 S40900 — 55/30 [380/205] Pl
7 1 ASTM A 268 Type 430 Ti S43036 — 60/35 [415/240] Seamless and
7 1 ASTM A 479 Type 405 S40500 — 60/25 [415/170] Bars an
7 2 A 176 UNS S44600
7 2 ASTM A 182 F430 S43000 — 60/35 [415/240] Pipe Flange
7 2 ASTM A 240 Type 18-2 S44400 — 60/40 [415/275] Pl
7 2 ASTM A 240 Type 430 S43000 — 65/30 [450/205] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
78
t, and Strip 17Cr-Ti
ate 27Cr-1Mo
 Welded Tube 18Cr-2Mo
be 17Cr
 Welded Tube 17Cr-Ti
d Shapes 18Cr-2Mo
d Shapes 17Cr
d Shapes 17Cr-Ti
d Tube 17Cr-Ti
d Shapes 12.5Cr-Cb
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni-N
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni-N
s and Fittings 18Cr-8Ni-N
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
s and Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
s and Fittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
s and Fittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
s and Fittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
s and Fittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
`,,`---
(Continued)
7 2 ASTM A 240 Type 439 S43035 — 65/30 [450/205] Plate, Shee
7 2 ASTM A 240 Type XM-27 S44627 — 65/40 [450/275] Pl
7 2 ASTM A 268 Type 18Cr-2Mo S44400 — 60/45 [415/310] Seamless and
7 2 ASTM A 268 Type 430 S43000 — 60/35 [415/240] Tu
7 2 ASTM A 268 Type 439 S43035 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamless and
7 2 ASTM A 479 S44400 S44400 — 60/45 [415/310] Bars an
7 2 ASTM A 479 Type 430 S43000 — 70/40 [485/275] Bars an
7 2 ASTM A 479 Type 439 S43035 — 70/40 [485/275] Bars an
7 2 ASTM A 803 Type 439 S43035 — 60/30 [415/205] Welde
7 3 ASTM A 479 Type XM-30 S41040 — 70/40 [485/275] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304 S30400 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304 S30400 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304H S30409 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304H S30409 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304L S30403 ≤ 5.0 [130] 70/25 [485/170] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304L S30403 > 5.0 [130] 65/25 [450/170] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304LN S30453 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304LN S30453 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316 S31600 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316 S31600 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316L S31603 ≤ 5.0 [130] 70/25 [485/170] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316L S31603 > 5.0 [130] 65/25 [450/170] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316LN S31653 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316LN S31653 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F317 S31700 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F317 S31700 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F317L S31703 ≤ 5.0 [130] 70/25 [485/170] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F317L S31703 > 5.0 [130] 65/25 [450/170] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F321H S32109 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F321H S32109 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
79
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
s and Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
s and Fittings 18Cr-15Ni-4Si
ss Tube 18Cr-18N-2Si
ss Tube 18Cr-8Ni
ss Tube 18Cr-8Ni
ss Tube 18Cr-8Ni
ss Tube 18Cr-8Ni-N
ss Tube 18Cr-8Ni-N
ss Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ss Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ss Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ss Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ss Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ss Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ss Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ss Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ss Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 18Cr-15Ni-4Si
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni-N
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni-N
t, and Strip 18Cr-15Ni-4SI
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-1Mo
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-Cb
t, and Strip 16Cr-12N-2Mo
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-Ti
t, and Strip 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F348 S34800 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F348 S34800 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F348H S34809 ≤ 5.0 [130] 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F348H S34809 > 5.0 [130] 70/30 [485/205] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 182 Grade F46 S30600 — 78/35 [540/240] Pipe Flange
8 1 ASTM A 213 Grade XM-15 S38100 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP316NS31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 213 TP348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 18-15 S30600 — 78/35 [540/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 302 S30200 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 305 S30500 — 78/30 [540/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316Cb S31640 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316H S31609 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 316Ti S31635 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
80
t, and Strip 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
t, and Strip 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo-N
t, and Strip 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
t, and Strip 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
t, and Strip 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 18Cr-18Ni-2Si
nd Strip 18Cr-8Ni-N
ate 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Tube 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
d Tube 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
d Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Tube 18Cr-18Ni-2Si
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 317LN S31753 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type 348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type XM-15 S38100 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type XM-21 S30452 ≤ 0.25 [6] 90/50 [620/345] Sheet a
8 1 ASTM A 240 Type XM-21 S30452 > 0.25 [6] 85/40 [585/275] Pl
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 TP348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 316 S31600 — 70/30 [485/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type 316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 249 Type XM-15 S38100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 269 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 Type 304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 Type 316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 Type 317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 Type 321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
81
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
ar 18Cr-8Ni
ar 18Cr-8Ni
ar 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ar 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
 Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-18Ni-2Si
tings 19Cr-9Ni-5Mo
tings 19Cr-9Ni-5Mo
tings 16Cr-14Ni-2Mo
tings 18Cr-8Ni
tings 18Cr-8Ni
tings 18Cr-12Ni-2Mo
tings 18Cr-8Ni
tings 18Cr-8Ni
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 269 Type 347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 269 Type 348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 270 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 276 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] B
8 1 ASTM A 276 Type 304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] B
8 1 ASTM A 276 Type 316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] B
8 1 ASTM A 276 Type 316L S31603 — 75/25 [515/170] B
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP304L S30403 — 75/25 [515/170] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP321 S32100 ≤ 3/8 [10] 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP321 S32100 > 3/8 [10] 70/25 [485/170] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP321H S32109 ≤ 3/8 [10] 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP321H S32109 > 3/8 [10] 70/25 [485/170] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamlessand
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TP348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 312 TPXM-15 S38100 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF10 J92590 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF10M J92971 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF10MC J92971 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF3 J92500 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF3A J92500 — 77/35 [530/240] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF3M J92800 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF8 J92600 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF8A J92600 — 77/35 [530/240] Cas
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
82
tings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
tings 18Cr-12Ni-2Mo
tings 19Cr-10Ni-3Mo
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ss Pipe 16Cr-8Ni-2Mo
ss Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
ss Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
ss Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
ss Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
ss Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
ss Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ss Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ss Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ss Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ss Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ittings 18Cr-8Ni
ittings 18Cr-8Ni
ittings 18Cr-8Ni
ittings 18Cr-8Ni-N
ittings 18Cr-8Ni-N
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF8C J92710 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CF8M J92900 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 351 CG8M J93000 — 75/35 [515/240] Cas
8 1 ASTM A 358 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 316LN S31653 — 75/35 [515/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 358 348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 376 16-8-2H S16800 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP304 S30400 ≤ Schedule 140 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP304 S30400 > Schedule 140 70/30 [485/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP321 S32100 ≤ 3/8 [10] 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP321 S32100 > 3/8 [10] 70/25 [485/170] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP321H S32109 ≤ 3/8 [10] 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP321H S32109 > 3/8 [10] 70/25 [485/170] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 376 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP304H S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Pipe F
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
83
ittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
ittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
ittings 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ittings 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
l Cast Pipe 16Cr-14Ni-2Mo
l Cast Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
l Cast Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
l Cast Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
l Cast Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
l Cast Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
l Cast Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
l Cast Pipe 18Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ging 18Cr-5Ni-9Mn
ging 18Cr-8Ni-Si
ging 18Cr-8Ni-S
ging 18Cr-8Ni-Se
ging 18Cr-8Ni
ging 18Cr-8Ni
ging 18Cr-12Ni
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP316 S31600 — 80/35 [550/240] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 403 WP348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 409 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF10MC J92971 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF3 J92500 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF3A J92500 — 77/35 [530/240] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF3M J92800 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF8 J92600 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF8A J92600 — 77/35 [530/240] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF8C J92710 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 451 CPF8M J92900 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 302 S30200 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 302B S30215 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 303 S30300 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 303Se S30323 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 304L S30403 — 65/25 [450/170] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 305 S30500 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 316L S31603 — 65/25 [450/170] For
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
84
ging 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ar 18Cr-8Ni
pes 18Cr-8Ni
d Shapes 18Cr-8Ni
d Shapes 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Shapes 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-Cb
d Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mod Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-Ti
d Shapes 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Shapes 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Shapes 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Shapes 17Cr-14Ni-4Si
d Shapes 18Cr-8Ni
d Shapes 18Cr-8Ni
d Shapes 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Shapes 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Shapes 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Shapes 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni-N
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni-N
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
t, and Strip 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Tube 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 473 Type 348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 479 304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] B
8 1 ASTM A 479 304H S30409 — 70/30 [485/205] Sha
8 1 ASTM A 479 304L S30403 — 70/30 [485/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 304N S30451 — 80/30 [550/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 316Cb S31640 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 316Ti S31635 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 321 H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 347 H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 348 H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 S30600 S30600 — 78/35 [540/240] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 Type 302 S30200 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 Type 316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 Type 321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 Type 347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 479 Type 348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 302 S30200 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 666 Type 316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
85
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
rought Fittings 18Cr-8Ni
rought Fittings 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
rought Fittings 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
rought Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
rought Fittings 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
nnealed Tube 18Cr-8Ni
nnealed Tube 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
nnealed Tube 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
nnealed Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
nnealed Tube 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-18Ni-2Si
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
d Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-2Mo
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
d Pipe 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo-Cu-N
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-18Ni-2Si
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 688 TP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 744 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] As Welded W
8 1 ASTM A 744 TP316L S30603 — 70/25 [485/170] As Welded W
8 1 ASTM A 744 TP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] As Welded W
8 1 ASTM A 744 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] As Welded W
8 1 ASTM A 744 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] As Welded W
8 1 ASTM A 778 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Welded Una
8 1 ASTM A 778 TP316L S30603 — 70/25 [485/170] Welded Una
8 1 ASTM A 778 TP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Welded Una
8 1 ASTM A 778 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welded Una
8 1 ASTM A 778 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welded Una
8 1 ASTM A 813 TPXM-15 S38100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 813 TP348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 814 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Welde
8 1 ASTM A 814 TPXM-15 S38100 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP304 S30400 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP304H S30409 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP304L S30403 — 70/25 [485/170] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP304LN S30453 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
86
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-8Ni-N
, Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
, Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
, Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
, Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
, Welded Pipe 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-13Ni-3Mo
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ging 18Cr-8Ni
ging 18Cr-8Ni
ging 18Cr-8Ni
ging 18Cr-8Ni-N
ging 18Cr-8Ni-N
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ging 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo-N
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Ti
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
ging 18Cr-10Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 20Cr-10Ni
t, and Strip 20Cr-10Ni
t, and Strip 20Cr-10Ni
s and Fittings 20Ni-8Cr
s and Fittings 25Cr-20Ni
s and Fittings 21Cr-11Ni-N
ss Tube 21Cr-11Ni-N
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP304N S30451— 80/35 [550/240] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP316 S31600 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP316H S31609 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP316L S31603 — 70/25 [485/170] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP316LN S31653 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP317 S31700 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP317L S31703 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP321 S32100 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP321H S32109 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP347 S34700 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP347H S34709 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP348 S34800 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 814 TP348H S34809 — 75/30 [515/205] Cold Worked
8 1 ASTM A 965 F304 S30400 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F304H S30409 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F304L S30403 — 65/25 [450/170] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F304LN S30453 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F304N S30451 — 80/35 [550/240] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F316 S31600 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F316H S31609 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F316L S31603 — 65/25 [450/170] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F316LN S31653 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F316N S31651 — 80/35 [550/240] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F321 S32100 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F321H S32109 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F347 S34700 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F347H S34709 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F348 S34809 — 70/30 [485/205] For
8 1 ASTM A 965 F348H S34809 — 65/25 [450/170] For
8 2 ASTM A 167 Type 308 S30800 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 167 Type 309 S30900 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 167 Type 310 S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 182 F10 S33100 — 80/30 [550/205] Pipe Flange
8 2 ASTM A 182 F310 S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe Flange
8 2 ASTM A 182 F45 S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Pipe Flange
8 2 ASTM A 213 TP253MA S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Seamle
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
87
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni-2Mo
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni-2Mo
ss Tube 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
ss Tube 23Cr-12Ni
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni
ss Tube 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni
ss Tube 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 21Cr-11Ni-N
t, and Strip 25Cr-22Ni-2Mo-N
t, and Strip
t, and Strip 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 23Cr-12Ni
t, and Strip 23Cr-12Ni
t, and Strip 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
t, and Strip 25Cr-20Ni
d Tube 21Cr-11Ni-N
d Tube 25Cr-22Ni-2Mo-N
d Tube 25Cr-22Ni-2Mo-N
d Tube 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
d Tube 23Cr-12Ni
d Tube 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
d Tube 23Cr-12Ni
d Tube 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
d Tube 25Cr-20Ni
d Tube 25Cr-20Ni
d Tube 23Cr-12Ni
 Welded Pipe 21Cr-11Ni-N
 Welded Pipe 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 23Cr-12Ni
 Welded Pipe 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 23Cr-12Ni
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 2 ASTM A 213 S31050 S31050 — 84/39 [580/270] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 S31050 S31050 — 78/37 [540/255] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 TP309Cb S30940 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 TP309S S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 TP310Cb S31040 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 TP310S S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 Type 309H S30909 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 Type 309HCb S30941 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 Type 310 S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 Type 310H S31009 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 213 Type 310HCb S31041 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 2 ASTM A 240 S30815 S30815 — 87/54 [600/310] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 310 MoLN S31050 ≤ 0.25 [6] 84/39 [580/270] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 310 MoLN S31050 > 0.25 [6] 78/37 [540/255] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 309 HCb S30941 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 309Cb S30940 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 309H S30909 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 309S S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 310Cb S31040 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 240 Type 310 S S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 2 ASTM A 249 S30815 S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 S31050 (Type 310 
MoLN)
S31050 ≤ 0.25 [6] 84/39 [580/270] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 S31050 (Type 310 
MoLN)
S31050 > 0.25 [6] 78/37 [540/255] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP309Cb S30940 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP309H S30909 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP309HCb S30941 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP309S S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP310Cb S31040 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP310H S31009 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 TP310S S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 249 Type 309 S30900 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 312 S30815 S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP309Cb S30940 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP309H S30909 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP309HCb S30941 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP309S S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
88
 Welded Pipe 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
 Welded Pipe 25Cr-20Ni
 Welded Pipe 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
d Pipe 25Cr-22Ni-2Mo-N
d Pipe 25Cr-22Ni-2Mo-N
 Welded Pipe 25Cr-20Ni
ging 25Cr-20Ni
tings 25Cr-8Ni-N
tings 25Cr-12Ni
tings 25Cr-12Ni
tings 25Cr-12Ni
tings 25Cr-20Ni
tings 25Cr-20Ni-5Mo
d Pipe 23Cr-12Ni
d Pipe 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
d Pipe 23Cr-12Ni
d Pipe 25Cr-20Ni
d Pipe 25Cr-20Ni-Cb
d Pipe 25Cr-20Ni
d Pipe 21Cr-11Ni-N
ittings 23Cr-12Ni
ittings 25Cr-20Ni
d Pipe 21Cr-11Ni-N
d Pipe 23Cr-12Ni-Cb
l Cast Pipe
l Cast Pipe
l Cast Pipe
ging
ging
ging
ging
ging
ging 20Cr-10Ni
ging 25Cr-21Ni-Si
d Shapes
d Shapes
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP310Cb S31040 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP310H S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP310HCb S31041 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 312 S31050 
(TP310MoLN)
S31050 ≤ 0.25 [6] 84/39 [580/270] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 312 S31050 
(TP310MoLN)
S31050 > 0.25 [6] 78/37 [540/255] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 312 TP310S S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 2 ASTM A 336 F310 S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 351 CE20N — — 80/40 [550/275] Cas
8 2 ASTM A 351 CH10 J93401 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 2 ASTM A 351 CH20 J93402 — 70/30 [485/205] Cas
8 2 ASTM A 351 CH8 J93400 — 65/28 [450/195] Cas
8 2 ASTM A 351 CK20 J94202 — 65/28 [450/195] Cas
8 2 ASTM A 351 HK40 J94204 — 62/35 [430/240] Cas
8 2 ASTM A 358 309 S30900 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 358 309Cb S30940 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 358 309S S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 358 310 S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 358 310Cb S31040 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 358 310S S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 358 253 MA S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 403 WP309 S30900 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 2 ASTM A 403 WP310 S31000 — 75/30 [515/205] Pipe F
8 2 ASTM A 409 253 MA S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Welde
8 2 ASTM A 409 TP309Cb S30940 — 75/30 [515/205]Welde
8 2 ASTM A 451 Grade CPH8 J93400 — 65/28 [450/195] Centrifuga
8 2 ASTM A 451 Grade CPH20 J93402 — 70/30 [485/205] Centrifuga
8 2 ASTM A 451 Grade CPK20 J94202 — 65/28 [450/195] Centrifuga
8 2 ASTM A 473 Type 309 S30900 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 473 Type 309s S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 473 Type 310 S3100 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 473 Type 310s S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 473 UNS S30815 S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] For
8 2 ASTM A 473 Type 308 S30800 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 473 Type 314 S31400 — 75/30 [515/205] For
8 2 ASTM A 479 Type 310S S31008 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 2 ASTM A 479 Type 309S S30908 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
89
d Shapes
s and Fittings 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
s and Fittings 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
ss Tube 17Cr-4Ni-6Mn
ss Tube 18Cr-5Ni-9Mn
t, and Strip 18Cr-8Ni-4Si-N
t, and Strip 17Cr-4Ni-6Mn
t, and Strip 18Cr-5Ni-9Mn
nd Strip 19Cr-6Mn-6Ni-Mo-N
ate 19Cr-6Mn-6Ni-Mo-N
nd Strip 19Cr-6Mn-6Ni-Mo-N
ate 19Cr-6Mn-6Ni-Mo-N
nd Strip 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
ate 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
t, and Strip 18cr-3Ni-12Mn
ate 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
d Tube 17Cr-4Ni-6Mn
d Tube 18Cr-5Ni-9Mn
d Tube 22cr-13Ni-5Mn
d Tube 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
be 20Cr-6Ni-9Mn
be 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
be 18Cr-18Ni-9i
be 22Cr-13Ni-7Mn
be 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
 Welded Pipe 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
 Welded Pipe 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
 Welded Pipe 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
ging 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
ging 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
tings 22Cr-12Ni-5Mn
d Pipe 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
d Pipe 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
ittings 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
ging
ging 18Cr-5Ni-9Mn
ging 20Cr-6Ni-9Mn
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
8 2 ASTM A 479 UNS S30815 S30815 — 87/45 [600/310] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 182 FXM-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] Pipe Flange
8 3 ASTM A 182 FXM-19 S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] Pipe Flange
8 3 ASTM A 213 TP201 S20100 — 95/38 [655/260] Seamle
8 3 ASTM A 213 TP202 S20200 — 90/45 [620/310] Seamle
8 3 ASTM A 240 S21800 S21800 — 95/50 [655/345] Plate, Shee
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type 201-1 S20100 — 95/38 [655/260] Plate, Shee
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type 202 S20200 — 90/38 [620/260] Plate, Shee
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-17 S21600 ≤ 0.25 [6] 100/60 [690/415] Sheet a
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-17 S21600 > 0.25 [6] 90/50 [620/345] Pl
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-18 S21603 ≤ 0.25 [6] 100/60 [690/415] Sheet a
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-18 S21603 > 0.25 [6] 90/50 [620/345] Pl
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-19 S20910 ≤ 0.25 [6] 105/60 [725/415] Sheet a
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-19 S20910 > 0.25 [6] 100/55 [690/380] Pl
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-29 S24000 ≤ 0.25 [6] 100/60 [690/415] Plate, Shee
8 3 ASTM A 240 Type XM-29 S24000 > 0.25 [6] 100/55 [690/380] Pl
8 3 ASTM A 249 TP201 S20100 — 95/38 [655/260] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 249 TP202 S20200 — 90/38 [620/260] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 249 TPXM-19 S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 249 TPXM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 269 Type XM-10 S21900 — 90/50 [620/345] Tu
8 3 ASTM A 269 Type XM-11 S21903 — 90/50 [620/345] Tu
8 3 ASTM A 269 Type XM-15 S38100 — 90/50 [620/345] Tu
8 3 ASTM A 269 Type XM-19 S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] Tu
8 3 ASTM A 269 Type XM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Tu
8 3 ASTM A 312 TPXM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Seamless and
8 3 ASTM A 312 TP-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] Seamless and
8 3 ASTM A 312 — S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] Seamless and
8 3 ASTM A 336 FXM-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] For
8 3 ASTM A 336 FXM-19 S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] For
8 3 ASTM A 351 CG6MMN J93790 — 85/42.5 [585/295] Cas
8 3 ASTM A 358 XM-19 S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 358 XM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 403 WPXM-19 S20910 — 100/55 [690/380] Pipe F
8 3 ASTM A 473 Type 201 S20100 — 95/38 [655/260] For
8 3 ASTM A 473 Type 202 S20200 — 90/45 [620/310] For
8 3 ASTM A 473 Type XM-10 S21900 — 90/50 [620/345] For
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
90
ging 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
d Shapes 18Cr-8Ni-4Si-N
d Shapes 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
d Shapes 19Cr-8Mn-6Ni-Mo
d Shapes 19Cr-8Mn-6Ni-Mo
d Shapes 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
d Shapes 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
nd Strip 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
ate 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
t, and Strip 17Cr-4Ni-6Mn
d Tube 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
d Pipe 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
d Pipe 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
d Pipe 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
, Welded Pipe 21Cr-6Ni-9Mn
, Welded Pipe 22Cr-13Ni-5Mn
, Welded Pipe 18Cr-3Ni-12Mn
s and Fittings 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo-Cu
ss Tube 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
ss Tube 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
t, and Strip 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
t, and Strip 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
t, and Strip 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
d Tube 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
d Tube 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
d Tube 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
 Welded Pipe 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
 Welded Pipe 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
 Welded Pipe 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
ging 17Cr-14Ni-4SI
d Pipe 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
d Pipe 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
d Pipe 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
ss Tube 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
ss Tube 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
d Pipe 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
d Pipe 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
8 3 ASTM A 473 Type XM-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] For
8 3 ASTM A 479 S21800 S21800 — 95/50 [655/345] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 479 XM-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 479 XM-17 S21600 — 90/50 [620/345] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 479 XM-18 S21603 — 90/50 [620/345] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 479 XM-19 S20910 — 100/60 [690/415] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 479 XM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Bars an
8 3 ASTM A 666 XM-11 S21904 ≤ 0.25 [6] 100/60 [690/415] Sheet a
8 3 ASTM A 666 XM-11 S21904 > 0.25 [6] 90/50 [620/345] Pl
8 3 ASTM A 666 201 S20100 — 95/38 [655/260] Plate, Shee
8 3 ASTM A 688 XM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 813 TP-XM-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 813 TP-XM-19 S20910 — 100/60 [690/415] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 813 TP-XM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Welde
8 3 ASTM A 814 TP-XM-11 S21904 — 90/50 [620/345] Cold Worked
8 3 ASTM A 814 TP-XM-19 S20910 — 100/60 [690/415] Cold Worked
8 3 ASTM A 814 TP-XM-29 S24000 — 100/55 [690/380] Cold Worked
8 4 ASTM A 182 F44 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Pipe Flange
8 4 ASTM A 213 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 4 ASTM A 213 317 L4 S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamle
8 4 ASTM A 240 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Plate, Shee
8 4 ASTM A 240 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Plate, Shee
8 4 ASTM A 240 317 LH S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Shee
8 4 ASTM A 249 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 249 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 249 317 LH S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 312 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Seamless and
8 4 ASTM A 312 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamless and
8 4 ASTM A 312 317 L4 S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamless and
8 4 ASTM A 336 F46 S30600 — 78/32 [540/220] For
8 4 ASTM A 358 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 358 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 358 317 LH S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 376 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Seamle
8 4 ASTM A 376 317 LH S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Seamle
8 4 ASTM A 409 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 409 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Welde
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
DiameterLimitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
91
d Pipe 19Cr-15.5Ni-4Mo
d Shapes 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
d Shapes 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
d Shapes 19Cr-15Ni-4Mo
d Pipe 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo
s and Fittings 2Ni-1Cu
ate 2.5Ni
ate 2.5Ni
ittings 2Ni-1Cu
pe 2.5Ni
pe 2Ni-1Cu
be 2.5Ni
be 2Ni-1Cu
ging 2Ni-1Cu
ging 1.5Ni
ging 1.5Ni
tings 2.5Ni
ittings 2Ni-1Cu
d Pipe 2Ni-1Cu
ate 3.5Ni
ate 3.5Ni
ate 3.5Ni
ate 3.5Ni
pe 3.5Ni
be 3.5Ni
ging 3.5Ni
tings 3.5Ni
ittings 3.5Ni
ging 3.45Ni
ging 3.45Ni
ging 3.5Ni
tings 4.5Ni
ate Mn-0.5Ni-V
ate Mn-0.5Ni-V
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
8 4 ASTM A 409 317 LH S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Welde
8 4 ASTM A 479 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Bars an
8 4 ASTM A 479 317 LM S31725 — 75/30 [515/205] Bars an
8 4 ASTM A 479 317 LH S31726 — 80/35 [550/240] Bars an
8 4 ASTM A 813 S31254 S31254 — 94/44 [650/305] Welde
9A 1 ASTM A 182 Grade FR K22035 — 63/46 [435/315] Pipe Flange
9A 1 ASTM A 203 Grade A K21703 — 65/37 [450/255] Pl
9A 1 ASTM A 203 Grade B K22103 — 70/40 [485/275] Pl
9A 1 ASTM A 234 Grade WPR K22035 — 63/46 [435/315] Pipe F
9A 1 ASTM A 333 Grade 7 K21903 — 65/35 [450/240] Pi
9A 1 ASTM A 333 Grade 9 K22035 — 63/46 [435/315] Pi
9A 1 ASTM A 334 Grade 7 K21903 — 65/35 [450/240] Tu
9A 1 ASTM A 334 Grade 9 K22035 — 63/46 [435/315] Tu
9A 1 ASTM A 350 Grade LF9 K22036 — 63/46 [435/315] For
9A 1 ASTM A 350 Grade LF5, Class 1 K13050 — 60/30 [415/205] For
9A 1 ASTM A 350 Grade LF5, Class 2 K13050 — 70/37.5 [485/260] For
9A 1 ASTM A 352 Grade LC2 J22500 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
9A 1 ASTM A 420 Grade WPL9 K22035 — 63/46 [435/315] Pipe F
9A 1 ASTM A 714 Grade V, Tp E K22035 — 65/46 [450/315] Welde
9B 1 ASTM A 203 Grade D K31718 — 65/37 [450/255] Pl
9B 1 ASTM A 203 Grade E K32018 — 70/40 [485/275] Pl
9B 1 ASTM A 203 Grade F K30018 ≤ 2.0 [50] 80/55 [550/380] Pl
9B 1 ASTM A 203 Grade F K32018 > 2.0 [50] 75/50 [515/345] Pl
9B 1 ASTM A 333 Grade 3 K31918 — 65/35 [450/240] Pi
9B 1 ASTM A 334 Grade 3 K31918 — 65/35 [450/240] Tu
9B 1 ASTM A 350 Grade LF3, Class 2 K32025 — 70/37.5 [485/260]] For
9B 1 ASTM A 352 Grade LC3 J31550 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
9B 1 ASTM A 420 Grade WPL3 — — 65/35 [450/240] Pipe F
9B 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L7, Class 1 K32218 — 60/42 [415/290] For
9B 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L7, Class 2 K32218 — 66/52 [455/360] For
9B 1 ASTM A 765 Grade III K32026 — 70/37.5 [485/260] For
9C 1 ASTM A 352 Grade LC4 J41500 — 70/40 [485/275] Cas
10A 1 ASTM A 225 Grade C K12524 — 105/70 [725/485] Pl
10A 1 ASTM A 225 Grade D — ≤ 3.0 [75] 80/60 [550/415] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
92
ate Mn-0.5Ni-V
tings Mn-V
tings Mn-V
tings Mn-V
tings Mn-V
ss Tube 1Cr-V
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si
ate C-Mn-Si+X
ate C-Mn-Si+X
tings Mn-0.25Mo-V
tings Mn-0.25Mo-V
tings 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
s and Fittings 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N
s and Fittings 25Cr-6Ni-Mo-N
t, and Strip 25Cr-6Ni-Mo-N
t, and Strip 26Cr-4Ni-Mo
ate 26Cr-4Ni-Mn-N
t, and Strip 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N
t, and Strip 22.5Cr-5.5Ni-3.25Mo-N
t, and Strip 26Cr-5Ni-3Cu-2Mo
t, and Strip 25Cr-6Ni-3Mo
tings 26Cr-5Ni-3Mo-2Cu
tings 24Cr-10Ni-3Mo
d Shapes 26Cr-5Ni-3Cu-2Mo
 Welded Tube 25Cr-6Ni-Mo-N
 Welded Tube 26Cr-4Ni-Mo-N
 Welded Tube 23Cr-4Ni-Mo-Cu-N
 Welded Tube 23Cr-4Ni-Mo-Cu-N
 Welded Tube 25Cr-5Ni-3Cu-2Mo
 Welded Tube 25Cr-7Ni-4Mo-N
 Welded Tube 18Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N
 Welded Tube 26Cr-4Ni-Mo
 Welded Tube 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N
 Welded Tube 25Cr-6Ni-3Mo-N
 Welded Tube 25Cr-5Ni-3Cu-2Mo
 Welded Tube 29Cr-4Ni-Mo-Cu-N
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
10A 1 ASTM A 225 Grade D — > 3.0 to ≤ 6.0
[> 75 to ≤ 150]
75/55 [515/380] Pl
10A 1 ASTM A 487 Grade Mn-V J13002 — 90/65 [620/450] Cas
10A 1 ASTM A 487 Grade Mn-V J13002 — 85/55 [585/380] Cas
10A 1 ASTM A 487 Grade 1, Class A J03002 — 85/55 [585/380] Cas
10A 1 ASTM A 487 Grade 1, Class B J03002 — 90/65 [620/450] Cas
10B 1 ASTM A 213 Grade T17 K12047 — 60/30 [415/205] Seamle
10C 1 ASTM A 612 — K02900 ≤ 0.5 [12.5] 83/50 [570/345] Pl
10C 1 ASTM A 612 — K02900 > 0.5 [12.5] 81/50 [560/345] Pl
10C 1 ASTM A 841 TMCP, Class 1 — > 2.5 [65] 65/45 [450/310] Pl
10C 1 ASTM A 841 TMCP, Class 1 — ≤ 2.5 [65] 70/50 [485/345] Pl
10F 1 ASTM A 487 Grade 2A J13005 — 85/53 [585/365] Cas
10F 1 ASTM A 487 Grade 2B J13005 — 90/65 [620/450] Cas
10F 1 ASTM A 487 Grade 4A J13047 — 90/60 [620/415] Cas
10H 1 ASTM A 182 F51 S31803 — 90/65 [620/450] Pipe Flange
10H 1 ASTM A 182 F50 S31200 — 100/65 [690/450] Pipe Flange
10H 1 ASTM A 240 S31200 S31200 — 100/65 [690/450] Plate, Shee
10H 1 ASTM A 240 Type 329 S32900 — 90/70 [620/485] Plate, Shee
10H 1 ASTM A 240 S32950 S32950 — 100/70 [690/485] Pl
10H 1 ASTM A 240 S31803 S31803 — 90/65 [620/450] Plate, Shee
10H 1 ASTM A 240 S32205 S32205 — 90/65 [620/450] Plate, Shee
10H 1 ASTM A 240 S32550 S32550 — 110/80 [760/550] Plate, Shee
10H 1 ASTM A 240 S31260 S31260 — 100/70 [690/485] Plate, Shee
10H 1 ASTM A 351 CD4MCu J93370 — 100/70 [690/485] Cas
10H 1 ASTM A 351 CE8MN J93345 — 95/65 [655/450] Cas
10H 1 ASTM A 479 F255 S32550 — 110/80 [760/550] Bars an
10H 1 ASTM A 789 S31200 S31200 — 100/65 [690/450] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade 2950 S32950 — 100/70 [690/485] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade 2304 S32304 > 1.0 [25] OD 87/58 [600/400] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade 2304 S32304 ≤ 1.0 [25] OD 100/65 [690/450] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade 2550 S32550 — 110/80 [760/550] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade S32750 S32750 — 116/80 [800/550] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 S31500 S31500 — 92/64 [630/440] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade S32900 S32900 — 90/70 [620/485] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 Grade S31803 S31803 — 90/65 [620/450] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 789 S31260 S31260 — 100/65 [690/450] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S32550 S32550 — 110/80 [760/550] Seamless and
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S32304 S32304 — 87/58 [600/400] Seamless and
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
93
Welded Tube 26Cr-4Ni-Mo
Welded Tube 25Cr-7Ni-4Mo-N
Welded Tube 18Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N
Welded Tube 26Cr-4Ni-Mo-N
Welded Tube 25Cr-6Ni-3Mo-N
Welded Tube 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N
Welded Tube 25Cr-6Ni-Mo-N
 and Fittings 27Cr-1Mo
t, and Strip 25Cr-4Ni-4Mo-Ti
t, and Strip 27Cr-1Mo-Ti
t, and Strip 27Cr-1Mo
Welded Tube 27Cr
Welded Tube 27Cr
Welded Tube 25Cr-4Ni-4Mo-Ti
Welded Tube 27Cr-1Mo-Ti
Welded Tube 27Cr-1Mo
ing 27Cr-1Mo
 Shapes 27Cr-1Mo
t, and Strip 29Cr-4Mo
 Welded Pipe 29Cr-4Mo
 Welded Pipe 29Cr-4Mo-Ti
 Shapes 29Cr-4Mo
te 26Cr-3Ni-3Mo
te 29Cr-4Mo-2Ni
Welded Tube 26Cr-3Ni-3Mo
Welded Tube 29Cr-4Mo-2Ni
 Shapes 29Cr-4Mo-2Ni
 Tube 26Cr-3Ni-3Mo
 Welded Pipe 9Ni
be 9Ni
te 9Ni
e 9Ni
ing 9Ni
ing 8Ni
te 9Ni
te 8Ni
ing 3.35Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-0.3Mn
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S32900 S32900 — 90/70 [620/485] Seamless and 
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S32750 S32750 — 116/80 [800/550]Seamless and 
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S31500 S31500 — 92/64 [630/440] Seamless and 
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S32950 S32950 — 100/70 [690/485] Seamless and 
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S31260 S31260 — 100/65 [690/450] Seamless and 
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S31803 S31803 — 90/65 [620/450] Seamless and 
10H 1 ASTM A 790 Grade S31200 S31200 — 100/65 [690/450] Seamless and 
10I 1 ASTM A 182 Grade FXM-27 Cb S44627 — 60/35 [415/240] Pipe Flanges
10I 1 ASTM A 240 Grade S44635 S44635 — 90/75 [620/515] Plate, Shee
10I 1 ASTM A 240 Type XM-33 S44626 — 68/45 [470/310] Plate, Shee
10I 1 ASTM A 240 Type XM-27 S44627 — 65/40 [450/275] Plate, Shee
10I 1 ASTM A 268 Type 446-1 S44600 — 70/40 [485/275] Seamless and 
10I 1 ASTM A 268 Type 446-2 S44600 — 65/40 [450/275] Seamless and 
10I 1 ASTM A 268 25-4-4 S44635 — 90/75 [620/515] Seamless and 
10I 1 ASTM A 268 TPXM-33 S44626 — 68/45 [470/310] Seamless and 
10I 1 ASTM A 268 TPXM-27 S44627 — 65/40 [450/275] Seamless and 
10I 1 ASTM A 336 Grade FXM-27 Cb S44627 — 60/35 [415/240] Forg
10I 1 ASTM A 479 Type XM-27 S44627 — 65/40 [450/275] Bars and
10J 1 ASTM A 240 Grade 29-4 S44700 — 80/60 [550/415] Plate, Shee
10J 1 ASTM A 268 Grade 29-4 S44700 — 80/60 [550/415] Seamless and
10J 1 ASTM A 268 Grade S44735 S44735 — 75/60 [515/415] Seamless and
10J 1 ASTM A 479 Grade S44700 S44700 — 70/55 [485/380] Bars and
10K 1 ASTM A 240 S44660 S44660 — 85/65 [585/450] Pla
10K 1 ASTM A 240 Grade S44800 S44800 — 80/60 [550/415] Pla
10K 1 ASTM A 268 Grade 26-3-3 S44660 — 85/65 [585/450] Seamless and 
10K 1 ASTM A 268 Grade 29-4-2 S44800 — 80/60 [550/415] Seamless and 
10K 1 ASTM A 479 Grade S44800 S44800 — 80/60 [550/415] Bars and
10K 1 ASTM A 803 Grade 26-3-3 S44660 — 85/65 [585/450] Welded
11A 1 ASTM A 333 Grade 8 K81340 — 100/75 [690/515] Seamless and
11A 1 ASTM A 334 Grade 8 K81340 — 100/75 [690/515] Tu
11A 1 ASTM A 353 — K81340 — 100/75 [690/515] Pla
11A 1 ASTM A 420 Grade WPL8 K81340 — 100/75 [690/515] Pip
11A 1 ASTM A 522 Type I K81340 — 100/75 [690/515] Forg
11A 1 ASTM A 522 Type II K71340 — 100/75 [690/515] Forg
11A 1 ASTM A 553 Type I K81340 — 100/85 [690/585] Pla
11A 1 ASTM A 553 Type II K71340 — 100/85 [690/585] Pla
11A 1 ASTM A 707 Grade L8, Class 1 K42247 — 60/42 [415/290] Forg
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
94
ate 0.5Ni-0.25Mo
ging 3.35Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-0.3Mn
tings 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
tings 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
ging 3.35Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-0.3Mn
ate Mn-0.5Mo
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.5Ni
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
ate Mn-0.5Mo-0.75Ni
elded Pipe Mn-0.5Mo
ging 3.35Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-0.3Mn
tings 3Ni-10.5Cr-0.5Mo
ging 30.5Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-V
ging 30.5Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-V
ging 30.5Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-V
ging 30.5Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate 3Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo
ate 3Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo
ate 2.75Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo
ate 2.75Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo
ate 0.5Cr-0.25Mo-Si
ate 0.5Cr-0.25Mo-Si
ging 0.5Cr-0.25Mo-Si
d Shapes 0.5Cr-0.25Mo-Si
d Shapes 0.5Cr-0.25Mo-Si
ate 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
ate 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
ate 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
ate 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
ging 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
11A 2 ASTM A 645 — K41583 — 95/65 [655/450] Pl
11A 2 ASTM A 707 Grade L8, Class 2 K42247 — 66/55 [455/380] For
11A 3 ASTM A 487 Grade 4, Class B J13047 — 105/85 [725/585] Cas
11A 3 ASTM A 487 Grade 4, Class E J13047 — 115/95 [795/655] Cas
11A 3 ASTM A 707 Grade L8, Class 3 K42247 — 75/60 [515/415] For
11A 4 ASTM A 533 Grade A, Class 3 K12521 — 100/83 [690/570] Pl
11A 4 ASTM A 533 Grade B, Class 3 K12539 — 100/83 [690/570] Pl
11A 4 ASTM A 533 Grade C, Class 3 K12554 — 100/83 [690/570] Pl
11A 4 ASTM A 533 Grade D, Class 3 K12529 — 100/83 [690/570] Pl
11A 4 ASTM A 672 Grade J100 K12521 — 100/83 [690/570] Fusion W
11A 4 ASTM A 707 Grade L8, Class 4 K42247 — 90/75 [620/515] For
11A 5 ASTM A 352 Grade LC2-1 J42215 — 105/80 [725/550] Cas
11A 5 ASTM A 508 Grade 4N, Class 1 K22375 — 105/85 [725/585] For
11A 5 ASTM A 508 Grade 4N, Class 2 K22375 — 115/100 [795/690] For
11A 5 ASTM A 508 Grade 5, Class 1 K42365 — 105/85 [725/585] For
11A 5 ASTM A 508 Grade 5, Class 2 K42365 — 115/100 [795/690] For
11A 5 ASTM A 543 Type B, Class 1 K42339 — 105/85 [725/585] Pl
11A 5 ASTM A 543 Type B, Class 3 K42339 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
11A 5 ASTM A 543 Type C, Class 1 K42338 — 105/85 [725/585] Pl
11A 5 ASTM A 543 Type C, Class 3 K42338 — 90/70 [620/485] Pl
11B 1 ASTM A 514 Grade A K11856 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 1 ASTM A 517 Grade A K11856 ≤ 1.25 [32] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 1 ASTM A 592 Grade A K11856 — 115/100 [795/690] For
11B 1 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type A K11856 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 1 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type A
K11856 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 2 ASTM A 514 Grade E K21604 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 2 ASTM A 514 Grade E K21604 > 2.5 to ≤ 6.0
[> 65 to ≤ 150]
100/90 [690/620] Pl
11B 2 ASTM A 517 Grade E K21604 ≤ 2.5 [65] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 2 ASTM A 517 Grade E K21604 > 2.5 to ≤ 6.0
[> 65 to ≤ 150]
105/90 [725/620] Pl
11B 2 ASTM A 592 Grade E K11695 ≤ 2.5 [65] 115/100 [795/690] For
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
95
ging 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
d Shapes 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
d Shapes 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
d Shapes 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
d Shapes 1.75Cr-0.5Mo-Cu
ate 0.75Ni-0.5Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate 0.75Ni-0.5Cr-0.5Mo-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Cr-0.5Mo-V
ging 0.75Ni-0.5Cr-0.5Mo-V
d Shapes 0.75Ni-0.5Cr-0.5Mo-V
d Shapes 0.75Ni-0.5Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate 0.5Cr-.2Mo-V
ate 0.5Cr-.2Mo-V
d Shapes 0.5Cr-.2Mo-V
d Shapes 0.5Cr-.2Mo-V
ate C-0.5Mo
ate C-0.5Mo
d Shapes C-0.5Mo
d Shapes C-0.5Mo
ate 1.3Ni-0.5Mo
ate 1.3Ni-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.3Ni-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.3Ni-0.5Mo
ate 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
11B 2 ASTM A 592 Grade E K11695 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
105/90 [725/620] For
11B 2 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type E K21604 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 2 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type E K21604 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 2 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type E
K21604 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 2 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type E
K21604 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 3 ASTM A 514 Grade F K11576 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 3 ASTM A 517 Grade F K11576 ≤ 2.5 [65] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 3 ASTM A 592 Grade F K11576 ≤ 2.5 [65] 115/100 [795/690] For
11B 3 ASTM A 592 Grade F K11576 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
105/90 [725/620] For
11B 3 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type F K11576 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 3 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type F
K11576 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 4 ASTM A 514 Grade B K11630 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 4 ASTM A 517 Grade B K11630 ≤ 1.25 [32] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 4 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type B K11630 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 4 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type B
K11630 ≤ 1.25 [32] 100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 6 ASTM A 514 Grade J K11625 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 6 ASTM A 517 Grade J K11625 ≤ 1.25 [32] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 6 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type J K11625 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an11B 6 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type J
K11625 ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 7 ASTM A 514 Grade M — ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 7 ASTM A 517 Grade M — ≤ 2 [50] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 7 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type M — ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 7 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type M
— ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 8 ASTM A 514 Grade P K21650 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
96
ate 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
ate 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
ate 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.25Ni-1Cr-0.5Mo
ate 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo-V
ate 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo-V
d Shapes 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 1.3Ni-1.3Cr-0.5Mo
ate 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
ate 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
ate 3Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo
ate 2.75Ni-1.75Cr-0.5Mo
d Shapes 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
d Shapes 0.5Ni-0.5Cr-0.25Mo-V
ate
ate
d Shapes C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
ate C-Mn-Ni-Cu-Cr-V
tion
ase Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
11B 8 ASTM A 514 Grade P K21650 > 2.5 to ≤ 6.0
[> 65 to ≤ 150]
100/90 [690/620] Pl
11B 8 ASTM A 517 Grade P K21650 ≤ 2.5 [65] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 8 ASTM A 517 Grade P K21650 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
105/90 [725/620] Pl
11B 8 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type P K21650 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 8 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type P K21650 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 8 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type P
K21650 ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 8 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type P
K21650 > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 9 ASTM A 514 Grade Q — ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 9 ASTM A 514 Grade Q — > 2.5 to ≤ 6.0
[> 65 to ≤ 150]
100/90 [690/620] Pl
11B 9 ASTM A 517 Grade Q — ≤ 2.5 [65] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 9 ASTM A 517 Grade Q — > 2.5 to ≤ 6.0
[> 65 to ≤ 150
105/90 [725/620] Pl
11B 9 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type Q — ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 9 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type Q — > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 9 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type Q
— ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 9 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type Q
— > 2.5 to ≤ 4.0
[> 65 to ≤ 100]
100/90 [690/620] Plate an
11B 10 ASTM A 514 Type H K21604 ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 10 ASTM A517 Type H K21604 ≤ 2 [50] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 10 ASTM A 543 Type B, Class 2 K42339 ≥ 3/16 [5] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 10 ASTM A 543 Type C, Class 2 K42338 ≥ 3/16 [5] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 10 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type H K21504 ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 10 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type H
K21504 ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 11 ASTM A 514 Grade K — ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] Pl
11B 11 ASTM A 517 Grade K — ≤ 2 [50] 115/100 [795/690] Pl
11B 11 ASTM A 709 Grade 70W — ≤ 4 [100] 85/70 [585/485] Plate an
11B 11 ASTM A 852 Grade 70W — ≤ 4.0 [100] 90/70 [620/485] Pl
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of B
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
97
late 1.2Mn-0.2Mo
late
d Shapes 1.2Mn-0.2Mo
d Shapes 1.2Mn-0.2Mo
late 1.2Mn-0.2Mo
late 1.2Mn-0.2Mo
late
late 1.2Mn-0.2Mo
late
tion
e Metal Nominal Composition
Sheet 99.6 Min. Al
Sheet 99.0 Min. Al
Sheet 1.2Mn
Sheet 1.2Mn
Sheet 1.2Mn
t 1.2Mn-0.4Mg
t 0.5Mn-0.5Mg
Sheet 1.5Mg
t 0.4Mg-0.2Mn
Sheet Al-1.5Mg
t 1Mg-0.3Mn
less Tube 99.6 Min. Al
less Tube 99.0 Min. Al
less Tube 1.2Mn
less Tube 1.2Mn
less Tube 1.2Mn
tion
Base Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
11B 14 ASTM A 514 Grade C — ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] P
11B 14 ASTM A 517 Grade C — ≤ 1.25 [32] 115/100 [795/690] P
11B 14 ASTM A 709 Grade 100, Type C — ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 14 ASTM A 709 Grade 100W, 
Type C
— ≤ 1.25 [32] 110/100 [760/690] Plate an
11B 16 ASTM A 514 Grade R — ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] P
11B 17 ASTM A 514 Grade S — ≤ 2.5 [65] 110/100 [760/690] P
11B 17 ASTM A 517 Grade S — ≤ 2 [50] 115/100 [795/690] P
11B 18 ASTM A 514 Grade T — ≤ 2 [50] 110/100 [760/690] P
11B 18 ASTM A 517 Grade T — ≤ 2 [50] 115/100 [795/690] P
Table I-1
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Bas
ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOYS
21 ASTM B 209 1060 A91060 — 8/2.5 [55/15] Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 1100 A91100 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 < 0.500 [12.5] 13/4.5 [90/30] Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 ≥ 0.500 to ≤ 3.0
[≥ 12.5 to ≤ 80]
14/5 [95/35].0 Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 3005 A93005 — 17/6.5 [115/45] Shee
21 ASTM B 209 3105 A93105 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Shee
21 ASTM B 209 5005 A95005 — 15/5 [105/35] Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 5010 A95010 — 15/5 [105/35] Shee
21 ASTM B 209 5050 A95050 — 18/6 [125/40] Plate and 
21 ASTM B 209 5457 A95457 — 16/– [110/–] Shee
21 ASTM B 210 1060 A91060 — 8.5/2.5 [60/15] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 1100 A91100 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 3303 A93303 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Drawn Seam
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number)
Group
No. Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of 
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
98
less Tube 0.25Mn
less Tube 0.25Mn
less Tube 1.2Mn
less Tube 1.5Mg
less Tube Al-1.5Mg
(Cold Finished) 99.6 Min. Al
(Cold Finished) 99.0 Min. Al
d Wire 1.2Mn
Shapes, and Tube 99.6 Min. Al
Shapes, and Tube 99.0 Min. Al
Shapes, and Tube 1.2Mn
Shapes, and Tube 1.2Mn
Shapes, and Tube 0.25Mn
less Tube 99.6 Min. Al
less Tube 1.2Mn
less Tube 1.2Mn
d Ext. Tube 99.6 Min. Al
d Ext. Tube 99.0 Min. Al
d Ext. Tube 1.2Mn
d Ext. Tube 1.2Mn
d Ring Forgings 99.0 Min. Al
d Ring Forgings 1.2Mn
ube 99.0 Min. Al
ube 1.2Mn
ube 1.2Mn-0.4Mg
ube 1.5Mg
 and Tube
l Trans.)
99.6 Min. Al
 and Tube
l Trans.)
1.2Mn
 and Tube
l Trans.)
1.2Mn
s 99.6 Min. Al
s 99.0Al-Si
s Mg-1Cu-1.2Mn
s 1.2Mn
en. Purpose) 99.6 Min. Al
en. Purpose) 99.0 Min. Al
tion
e Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
21 ASTM B 210 3102 A93102 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 ALCLAD 3102 A83102 — 10/3.5 [70/25] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 ALCLAD 3303 A83303 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 5005 A95005 — 15/5 [105/35] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 210 5050 A95050 — 18/6 [125/40] Drawn Seam21 ASTM B 211 1060 A91060 — 8/2.5 [55/15] Bar, Rod, and Wire 
21 ASTM B 211 1100 A91100 — 11/3 [75/20] Bar, Rod, and Wire 
21 ASTM B 211 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Bar, Rod, an
21 ASTM B 221 1060 A91060 — 8.5/2.5 [60/15] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, 
21 ASTM B 221 1100 A91100 — 11/3 [75/20] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, 
21 ASTM B 221 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, 
21 ASTM B 221 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, 
21 ASTM B 221 3102 A93102 — 11/4 [75/30] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, 
21 ASTM B 234 1060 A91060 — 8/2.5 [55/15] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 234 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 234 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Drawn Seam
21 ASTM B 241 1060 A91060 — 8.5/2.5 [60/15] Seamless Pipe an
21 ASTM B 241 1100 A91100 — 11/3 [75/20] Seamless Pipe an
21 ASTM B 241 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35].0 Seamless Pipe an
21 ASTM B 241 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Seamless Pipe an
21 ASTM B 247 1100 A91100 — 11/3 [75/20] Die, Hand and Rolle
21 ASTM B 247 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Die, Hand and Rolle
21 ASTM B 313 1100 A91100 — 11/3 [75/20] Welded T
21 ASTM B 313 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Welded T
21 ASTM B 313 3005 A93005 — 17/6.5 [115/45] Welded T
21 ASTM B 313 5050 A95050 — 18/6 [125/40] Welded T
21 ASTM B 345 1060 A91060 — 8.5/2.5 [60/15] Seamless Pipe
(Gas and Oi
21 ASTM B 345 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Seamless Pipe
(Gas and Oi
21 ASTM B 345 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Seamless Pipe
(Gas and Oi
21 ASTM B 361 WP1060 A91060 — 8/– [55/–] Fitting
21 ASTM B 361 WP1100 A91100 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Fitting
21 ASTM B 361 WP3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Fitting
21 ASTM B 361 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Fitting
21 ASTM B 483 1060 A91060 — 8.5/2.5 [60/15] Drawn Tube (G
21 ASTM B 483 1100 A91100 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Drawn Tube (G
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Bas
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
99
n. Purpose) Al-0.4Fe
n. Purpose) 1.2Mn
n. Purpose) 0.25Mn
n. Purpose) 0.8Mg
n. Purpose) 1.5Mg
en. Purpose) 99.5 Min. Al
en. Purpose) 99.0 Min. Al
en. Purpose) 99.0 Min. Al
en. Purpose) 99.35 Min. Al
en. Purpose) 1.2Mn
en. Purpose) 0.25Mn
g. Welded Tube 99.0 Min. Al
g. Welded Tube 1.2Mn
g. Welded Tube 1.2Mn
g. Welded Tube 1.5Mg
heet 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
heet 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
heet 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
heet 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
heet 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
heet 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
heet 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
heet 2.75Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
heet 2.5Mg-0.25Cr-0.0Mn
ss Tube 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
ss Tube 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
Cold Finished) 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
Cold Finished) 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
hapes, and Tube 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
hapes, and Tube 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
hapes, and Tube 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
hapes, and Tube 2.75Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
ss Tubes 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
ss Tubes 2.75Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
Pipe and Tube 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
Pipe and Tube 2.75Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
21 ASTM B 483 1435 A91435 — 9.5/3 [65/20] Drawn Tube (Ge
21 ASTM B 483 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Drawn Tube (Ge
21 ASTM B 483 3102 A93102 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Drawn Tube (Ge
21 ASTM B 483 5005 A95005 — 15/5 [105/35] Drawn Tube (Ge
21 ASTM B 483 5050 A95050 — 18/6 [125/40] Drawn Tube (Ge
21 ASTM B 491 1050 A91050 — 8/2.5 [55/15] Extruded Tube (G
21 ASTM B 491 1100 A91100 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Extruded Tube (G
21 ASTM B 491 1200 A91200 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Extruded Tube (G
21 ASTM B 491 1235 A91235 — 9.5/3 [65/20] Extruded Tube (G
21 ASTM B 491 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Extruded Tube (G
21 ASTM B 491 3102 A93102 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Extruded Tube (G
21 ASTM B 547 1100 A91100 — 11/3.5 [75/25] Roll Formed and Lon
21 ASTM B 547 3003 A93003 — 14/5 [95/35] Roll Formed and Lon
21 ASTM B 547 ALCLAD 3003 A83003 — 13/4.5 [90/30] Roll Formed and Lon
21 ASTM B 547 5050 A95050 — 18/6 [125/40] Roll Formed and Lon
22 ASTM B 209 3004 A93004 — 22/8.5 [150/60] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 3004 A83004 < 0.500 [12.5] 21/8 [145/55] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 3004 A83004 ≥ 0.500 to ≤ 3.0
[≥ 12.5 to ≤ 80]
22/8.5 [150/60] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 5154 A95154 — 30/11 [205/75] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 5252 A95252 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 5254 A95254 — 30/11 [205/75] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 5454 A95454 — 31/12 [215/85] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 209 5652 A95652 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Plate and S
22 ASTM B 210 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Drawn Seamle
22 ASTM B 210 5154 A95154 — 30/11 [205/75] Drawn Seamle
22 ASTM B 211 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Bar, Rod, and Wire (
22 ASTM B 211 5154 A95154 — 30/11 [205/75] Bar, Rod, and Wire (
22 ASTM B 211 3004 A93004 — 22/8.5 [150/60] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
22 ASTM B 211 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
22 ASTM B 211 5154 A95154 — 30/11 [205/75] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
22 ASTM B 221 5454 A95454 — 31/12 [215/85] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
22 ASTM B 234 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Drawn Seamle
22 ASTM B 234 5454 A95454 — 31/12 [215/85] Drawn Seamle
22 ASTM B 241 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Extruded Seamless 
22 ASTM B 241 5454 A95454 — 31/12 [215/85] Extruded Seamless 
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
100
m Welded Tube 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
m Welded Tube 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
m Welded Tube 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
m Welded Tube 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
s 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
n. Purpose) 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
c Welded Tube 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
c Welded Tube 1.2Mn-1.0Mg
c Welded Tube 2.5Mg-0.25Cr
c Welded Tube 3.5Mg-0.25Cr
c Welded Tube 2.75Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
heet 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
heet 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
heet 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
ss Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
ss Tube 0.7Mg-0.4Si
d Wire 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
es, and Tube 0.75Si-0.5Mg
es, and Tube 0.7Si-0.55mg-0.3(Mn-Cr)
es, and Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
es, and Tube 0.7Mg-0.4Si
es, and Tube 0.8Si-0.6Mg
es, and Tube 0.9Mg-0.6Si
es, and Tube 1Si-0.6Mg-0.6Mn
es, and Tube 0.7Mg-0.4Si
ss Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
Pipe and Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
Pipe and Tube 0.7Mg-0.4Si
Pipe and Tube 0.9Mg-0.6Si
Pipe and Tube 1Si-0.6Mg-0.6Mn
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
22 ASTM B 313 3004 A93004 — 22/8.5 [150/60] Formed Sheet and Sea
22 ASTM B 313 ALCLAD 3004 A83004 — 21/8 [145/55] Formed Sheet and Sea
22 ASTM B 313 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Formed Sheet and Sea
22 ASTM B 313 5154 A95154 — 30/11 [205/75] Formed Sheet and Sea
22 ASTM B 361 WP5154 A95154 — 30/– [205/–] Fitting
22 ASTM B 483 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Drawn Tube (Ge
22 ASTM B 547 3004 A93004 — 22/8.5 [150/60] Formed Sheet and Ar
22 ASTM B 547 ALCLAD 3004 A83004 — 21/8 [145/55] Formed Sheet and Ar
22 ASTM B 547 5052 A95052 — 25/9.5 [170/65] Formed Sheet and Ar
22 ASTM B 547 5154 A95154 — 30/11 [205/75] Formed Sheet and Ar
22 ASTM B 547 5454 A95454 — 31/12 [215/85] Formed Sheet and Ar
23 ASTM B 209 6061 (T4, T6, T651) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Plate and S
23 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 6061(T4, 
T6, T62, T651)
A86061 < 0.500 [12.5] 23/– [160/–] Plate and S
23 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 6061(T4, 
T6, T62, T651)
A86061 ≥ 0.500 to ≤ 5.0
[≥ 12.5 to ≤ 120]
24/– [165/–] Plate and S
23 ASTM B 210 6061(T4, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Drawn Seamle
23 ASTM B 210 6063 (T4, T6, T62, 
T83)
A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Drawn Seamle
23 ASTM B 211 6061(T4, T6, T62, 
T651)
A96061— 24/– [165/–] Bar, Rod, an
23 ASTM B 221 6005 (T1, T5) A96005 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6005A (T1, T5) A96005 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6061 (T1, T4, T5, T6, 
T651)
A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6063 (T1, T4, T5, T6) A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6105 (T1, T5) A96105 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6162 (T5, T55, T6, 
T65)
A96162 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6351 (T1, T4, T5, T6) A96351 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 221 6463 (T1, T5, T6) A96463 — 17/– [115/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
23 ASTM B 234 6061(T4, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Drawn Seamle
23 ASTM B 241 6061(T1, T4, T5, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 241 6063 (T1, T4, T5, T6, 
T651)
A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 241 6162 (T5, T55, T6, 
T65)
A96162 — 24/– [165/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 241 6351 (T4, T6) A96351 — 24/– [165/–] Extruded Seamless 
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
101
s 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
s 0.8Si-0.7Mg-0.25Cr
ral Shapes 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
m Welded Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
Pipe and Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
Pipe and Tube 0.7Mg-0.4Si
Pipe and Tube 1Si-0.6Mg-0.6Mn
Pipe and Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
Pipe and Tube 0.7Mg-0.4Si
n. Purpose) 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
n. Purpose) 0.7Mg-0.4Si
n. Purpose) 0.7Mg-0.4Si
 Welded Tube 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
ate 1Mg-0.6Si-0.25Cr
es, and Tube 1Si-0.8Mg-0.7Mn
heet 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
heet 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
heet 6.3Cu-0.3Mn-0.1Ti-0.2Zr
heet 6.3Cu-0.3Mn-0.1Ti-0.2Zr
ss Tube 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
d Wire 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
d Wire 6.3Cu-0.3Mn-0.1Ti-0.2Zr
hapes, and Tube 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
hapes, and Tube 6.3Cu-0.3Mn-0.1Ti-0.2Zr
Pipe and Tube 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
Pipe and Tube 6.3Cu-0.3Mn-0.1Ti-0.2Zr
s 4.4Cu-0.8Si-0.8Mn-0.6Mg
s 6.3Cu-0.3Mn-0.1Ti-0.2Zr
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
23 ASTM B 247 6061 (T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Forging
23 ASTM B 247 6151 (T6) A96151 — 24/– [165/–] Forging
23 ASTM B 308 6061 (T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Standard Structu
23 ASTM B 313 6061 (T4, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Formed Sheet and Sea
23 ASTM B 345 6061 (T4, T45, T6, 
T65)
A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 345 6063 (T1, T4, T5 T6) A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 345 6351 (T4, T6) A96351 — 24/– [165/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 429 6061 (T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 429 6063 (T6) A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Extruded Seamless 
23 ASTM B 483 6061 (T4, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Drawn Tube (Ge
23 ASTM B 483 6063 (T4, T6) A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Drawn Tube (Ge
23 ASTM B 491 6063 (T1) A96063 — 17/– [115/–] Drawn Tube (Ge
23 ASTM B 547 6061 (T4, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Formed and Arc Seam
23 ASTM B 632 6061 (T4, T6) A96061 — 24/– [165/–] Tread Pl
23 ISO 547 6082 (T4, T6) A96082 — 24/– [165/–] Ext. Rod, Bar, Shap
24 ASTM B 209 2014 (T3, T4, T45, 
T6, T65)
A92014 — 35/– [240/–] Plate and S
24 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 2014 (T3, 
T4, T45, T6, T65)
A82014 — 35/– [240/–] Plate and S
24 ASTM B 209 2219 (T31, T37, T62, 
T81, T87)
A92219 — 35/– [240/–] Plate and S
24 ASTM B 209 ALCLAD 2219 (T31, 
T37, T62, T81, T87)
A82219 — 35/– [240/–] Plate and S
24 ASTM B 210 2014 (T4, T6) A92014 — 35/– [240/–] Drawn Seamle
24 ASTM B 211 2014 (T4, T6) A92014 — 35/– [240/–] Bar, Rod, an
24 ASTM B 211 2219 (T851) A92219 — 35/– [240/–] Bar, Rod, an
24 ASTM B 221 2014 (T4, T45, T6., 
T65)
A92014 — 35/– [240/–] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
24 ASTM B 221 2219 (T31, T35, T62, 
T81, T85)
A92219 — 35/– [240/–] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
24 ASTM B 241 2014 (T4, T45, T6, 
T62, T65)
A92014 — 35/– [240/–] Extruded Seamless 
24 ASTM B 241 2219 (T31, T35, T62, 
T81, T85)
A92219 — 35/– [240/–] Extruded Seamless 
24 ASTM B 247 2014 (T4, T6, T652) A92014 — 35/– [240/–] Forging
24 ASTM B 247 2219 (T6, T852) A92219 — 35/– [240/–] Forging
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
102
(Continued)
25 ASTM B 209 5083 A95083
≤ 1.5 40/18 Plate and Sheet
4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
>1.5 to ≤ 3.0 39/17 Plate
> 3.0 to ≤ 5.0 38/16 Plate
> 5.0 to ≤ 7.0 37/15 Plate
> 7.0 to ≤ 8.0 36/14 Plate
[≤ 40] [275/125] Plate and Sheet
[> 40 to ≤ 80] [270/115] Plate
[> 80 to ≤ 120] [260/110] Plate
[>120 to ≤ 160] [255/105] Plate
[>160 to ≤ 200] [250/100] Plate
25 ASTM B 209 5086 A95086 ≤ 2.0 [51] 35/14 [240/95] Sheet and Plate 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 209 5086 A95086 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 51 to ≤ 76]
34/14 [234/97] Plate 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 209 5456 A95456
≤ 1.5 42/19 Plate and Sheet
5.1Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
> 1.5 to ≤ 3.0 41/18 Plate
> 3.0 to ≤ 5.0 40/17 Plate
> 5.0 to ≤ 7.0 39/16 Plate
> 7.0 to ≤ 8.0 38/15 Plate
[≤ 40] [290/130] Plate and Sheet
[> 40 to ≤ 80] [285/125] Plate
[> 80 to ≤ 120] [275/120] Plate
[> 120 to ≤ 160] [270/115] Plate
[> 160 to ≤ 200] [265/105] Plate
25 ASTM B 210 5083 A95083 ≤ 0.45 [11.5] 39/16 [270/110] Drawn Seamless Tube 4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 210 5086 A95086 ≤ 0.45 [11.5] 35/14 [240/95] Drawn Seamless Tube 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 210 5456 A95456 ≤ 0.45 [11.5] 41/19 [285/130] Drawn Seamless Tube 5.1Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
25 ASTM B 211 5056 A95056 — 38/– [262/–] Bar, Rod, and Wire (Cold Finished) 5Mg-0.12Mn-0.12Cu
25 ASTM B 211 ALCLAD 5056 A85056 — 37/– [255/–] Bar, Rod, and Wire (Cold Finished) 5Mg-0.12Mn-0.12Cu
25 ASTM B 221 5083 A95083 — 39/16 [270/110] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, Shapes, and Tube 4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 221 5086 A95086 — 35/14 [240/95] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, Shapes, and Tube 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 221 5456 A95456 — 41/19 [285/130] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, Shapes, and Tube 5.1Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
25 ASTM B 241 5083 A95083 — 39/16 [270/110] Ext. Pipe and Tube 4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 241 5086 A95086 — 35/14 [240/95] Ext. Pipe and Tube 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 241 5456 A95456 — 41/19 [285/130] Ext. Pipe and Tube 5.1Mg-0.8Mn-0.1Cr
25 ASTM B 247 5083 A95083 ≤ 3 [80] 39/16 [270/110] Forgings 4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 313 5086 A95086 ≤ 0.125 [3.2] 35/14 [240/95] Formed Sheet and Seam Welded Tube 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 345 5083 A95083 — 39/16 [270/110] Extruded Seamless Pipe and Tube 4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
25 ASTM B 345 5086 A95086 — 35/14 [240/95] Extruded Seamless Pipe and Tube 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualification
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
103
 Welded Tube 4.5Mg-0.8Mn-0.15Cr
 Welded Tube 4.0Mg-0.5Mn-0.15Cr
ings 4Cu-3Si
ings 10Cu-0.25Mg
ings 6Si-3.5Cu
ings 8Si-1.5Cu-0.4Mg-0.4Mn
ings 7Si-0.35Mg
ings 5.2Si
ings 4Mg
ings 6.8Mg-0.18Mn
ings 3Zn-1.6Mg-0.5Mn-0.3Cr
ings 6.5Zn-0.7Mg-0.47Cu
ings 7Si-0.3Mg
ings 5.2Si
d Casting 5.5Si-4.5Cu
d Casting 6Si-3.5Cu
d Casting 9Si-3.5Cu-0.3Mn
d Casting 7Si-0.35Mgd Casting 5.2Si
d Casting 4Mg-1.8Zn
d Casting 6.8Mg-0.18Mn
d Casting 7Si-0.3Mg
d Casting 7Si
d Casting 5.2Si
astings 4Cu-3Si
astings 6Si-3.5Cu
astings 8Si-1.5Cu-0.4Mg-0.4Mn
astings 7Si-0.35Mg
astings 5.2Si
astings 4Mg
astings 6.8Mg-0.18Mn
astings 7Si-0.3Mg
astings 5.2Si
astings 7Si-0.3Mg
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
25 ASTM B 547 5083 A95083 ≤ 0.5 [12.5] 40/18 [275/125] Formed and Arc Seam
25 ASTM B 547 5086 A95086 ≤ 0.5 [12.5] 35/14 [240/95] Formed and Arc Seam
26 ASTM B 26 208.0 (F) A02080 — 19/12 [130/85] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 222.0 (T61) A02220 — 23/– [160/–] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 319.0 (F, T5, T6) A03190 — 23/13 [160/90] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 328.0 (F, T6) A03280 — 25/14 [170/95] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 356.0 (T51, T6, T7, 
T71)
A03560 — 23/– [160/–] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 443.0 (F) A04430 — 17/7 [115/50] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 514.0 (F) A05140 — 22/9 [150/60] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 535.0 (F) A05350 — 35/18 [240/125] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 705.0 (T5) A07050 — 30/17 [205/115] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 710.0 (T5) A07100 — 32/20 [220/140] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 A356.0 (T6) A13560 — 23/– [160/–] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 26 B443.0 (F) A24430 — 17/6 [115/40] Sand Cast
26 ASTM B 108 308.0 (F) A03080 — 24/– [165/–] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 319.0 (F, T6) A03190 — 27/14 [185/95] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 333.0 (T5, T6, T7) A03330 — 28/– [193/–]- Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 356.0 (F, T51, T6, 
T7, T71)
A03560 — 23/– [160/–] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 443.0 (F) A04430 — 21/7 [145/50] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 513.0 (F) A05130 — 22/12 [150/85] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 535.0 (F) A05350 — 35/18 [240/125] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 A356.0 (T61) A13560 — 23/– [160/–] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 A444.0 (T4) A14440 — 17/– [115/–] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 108 B443.0 (F) A24430 — 21/6 [145/40] Permanent Mol
26 ASTM B 618 208.0 (F) A02080 — 19/12 [130/85] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 319.0 (F, T6) A03190 — 23/13 [160/90] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 328.0 (F, T6) A03280 — 25/14 [170/95] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 356.0 (T6, T7, T51, 
T71)
A03560 — 23/– [160/–] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 443.0 (F) A04430 — 17/7 [115/50] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 514.0 (F) A05140 — 22/9 [150/60] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 535.0 (F) A05350 — 35/18 [240/125] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 A356.0 (T6) A13560 — 23/– [160/–] Investment C
26 ASTM B 618 B443.0 (F) A24430 — 17/6 [115/40] Investment C
26 ASTM B 686 A356.0 (T61) A13560 — 23/– [160/–] Investment C
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
104
hapes, and Tube 4.5Zn-1.Mg-0.4Mn-0.1Cr
hapes, and Tube 4.5Zn-1.Mg-0.2Mn-0.2Cr
Pipe 99.95Cu-Ag
Pipe 99.95Cu-0.003P
Pipe 99.95Cu-0.008P
Pipe 99.9Cu-Ag
Pipe 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.95Cu-Ag
ube 99.95Cu-0.003P
ube 99.95Cu-0.008P
ube 99.9Cu-Ag
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
ube 99.95Cu-Ag
ube 99.95Cu-0.003P
ube 99.95Cu-0.008P
ube 99.9Cu-Ag
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
27* ASTM B 221 7005 (T53) A97005 — 40/– [275/–] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
27* ISO R 209 7020 (T5) A97020 — 40/– [275/–] Ext., Bar, Rod, Wire, S
Note: * Minimum value after two weeks natural aging.
COPPER AND COPPER BASE ALLOYS
31 ASTM B 42 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 30/9 [205/60] Seamless 
31 ASTM B 42 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 30/9 [205/60] Seamless 
31 ASTM B 42 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFLP)
C10800 — 30/9 [205/60] Seamless 
31 ASTM B 42 Deoxidized Low P Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 30/9 [205/60] Seamless 
31 ASTM B 42 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 30/9 [205/60] Seamless 
31 ASTM B 68 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 30/– [210/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 68 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 30/– [210/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 68 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFLP)
C10800 — 30/– [210/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 68 Deoxidized Low P Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 30/– [210/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 68 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 30/– [210/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10100 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFLP)
C10800 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Deoxidized Low P Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 75 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DPA)
C14200 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 88 Oxygen Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 30/– [200/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 88 Oxygen Free Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 30/– [200/–] Seamless T
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
105
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
ube 99.95Cu-Ag
ube 99.95Cu-0.003P
ube 99.95Cu-0.008P
ube 99.9Cu-Ag
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
ube 98.7Cu-1Fe-0.025P
p, and Bar 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
p, and Bar 99.95 Cu-Ag
p, and Bar 99.95Cu-0.003P
p, and Bar 99.95Cu 0.027Ag
p, and Bar 99.95Cu-0.034Ag
p, and Bar 99.95Cu-0.085Ag
p, and Bar 99.95Cu-0.008P
p, and Bar 99.9Cu-0.027P
p, and Bar 99.9Cu-0.027P
p, and Bar 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
p, and Bar 99.9Cu-0.10Sn-0.02Te
hapes 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
31 ASTM B 88 Oxygen Free Cu 
(DLP)
C12200 — 30/– [200/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10100 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFLP)
C10800 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DHP)
C12200 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DPA)
C14200 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 111 98.7 Min. Cu C19200 — 38/12 [260/85] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10100 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFS)
C10400 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFS)
C10500 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFS)
C10700 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFLP)
C10800 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DHP)
C12200 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DPS)
C12300 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(DPA)
C14200 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 152 Sn Bearing Tellurium 
Cu
C14420 — 30/– [205/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
31 ASTM B 170 Oxygen-Free 
Electronic Cu (OFE)
C10100 — none specified Refinery S
Table I-1 (Continued)
Groupingof Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
106
hapes 99.95 Cu-Ag
 Shapes 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.27P
 Shapes 99.95 Cu-Ag
 Shapes 99.95Cu-0.003P
 Shapes 99.95Cu 0.027Ag
 Shapes 99.95Cu-0.085Ag
 Shapes 99.90 Min. Cu-Ag
 Shapes 99.9Cu-0.10Sn-0.02Te
ube 99.95Cu+Ag
ube 99.9Cu+Ag
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.027P
ube 99.95 Cu-Ag
ube 99.95Cu-0.003P
ube 99.95Cu-0.008P
ube 99.9Cu-Ag
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.027P
ube 98.7Cu-1Fe-0.025P
ube 99.95 Cu-Ag
ube 99.95Cu-0.003P
ube 99.95Cu-0.008P
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
31 ASTM B 170 Oxygen-Free 
Electronic Cu (OF)
C10200 — none specified Refinery S
31 ASTM B 187 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10100 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 187 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 187 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 187 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10400 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 187 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10700 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 187 Controlled Oxygen 
Cu
C10940 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 187 Sn Bearing Tellurium 
Cu
C14420 — 28/– [193/–] Bars, Rod, and
31 ASTM B 280 Oxy-free Cu (OF) C10200 30/– [205/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 280 Deoxidized Cu (DLP) C12000 30/– [205/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 280 Deoxidized Cu 
(DHP)
C12200 — 30/– [205/–] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFE)
C10100 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Oxygen-Free Low P 
Cu (OFLP)
C10800 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Deoxidized Low P Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 Deoxidized As-Cu 
(DPA)
C14200 — 30/9 [205/62] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 359 98.7 Min. Cu C19200 — 38/12 [260/85] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 395 Oxygen-Free Cu (OF) C10200 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 395 Oxygen-Free Cu 
(OFXLP)
C10300 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 395 Oxygen-Free Low P 
Cu (OFLP)
C10800 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
107
ube 99.9Cu-Ag
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 99.4Cu-0.3Ag-0.027P
ube 98.7Cu-1Fe-0.025P
ube 99.95Cu-0.008P
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
ube 97Cu-2.3Fe-0.08P
ube 99.9Cu-0.027P
Bar 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn
Bar 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn
Bar 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn
s 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn
 Shapes 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn
Pipe 85Cu-15Zn
ube 85Cu-15Zn
ube 61Cu-38Zn
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.04Ag
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06Sb
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06P
ube 67.5Cu-31Zn-1.9Al-0.04Ag
ube 90Cu-9.8Zn
ube 85Cu-15Zn
heet 59.5Cu-40Zn-0.5Pb
heet 59.5Cu-40Zn-0.5Pb
heet 59.5Cu-40Zn-0.5Pb
heet 59.5Cu-40Zn-0.5Pb
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
31 ASTM B 395 Deoxidized Low P Cu 
(DLP)
C12000 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 395 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 395 Deoxidized As-Cu 
(DPA)
C14200 — 36/30 [250/205] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 395 98.7 Min. Cu C19200 — 38/12 [260/85] Seamless T
31 ASTM B 543 Oxygen-Free Low P 
Cu (OFLP)
C10800 — 30/9 [205/60] Welded T
31 ASTM B 543 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 30/9 [205/60] Welded T
31 ASTM B 543 97.0 Min. Cu C19400 — 45/15 [310/105] Welded T
31 ASTM B 819 Deoxidized High P 
Cu (DHP)
C12200 — 36/– [250/–] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 21 Alloy A Naval Brass 
(O60 Anneal)
C46400 ≤ 1.00 [25] O.D. 54/20 [370/140] Rod and 
32 ASTM B 21 C46400 > 1.00 to ≤ 2.00
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
52/20 [360/140] Rod and 
32 ASTM B 21 C46400 > 2.00 [50] 50/20 [345/140] Rod and 
32 ASTM B 21 C46400 — 52/20 [360/140] Shape
32 ASTM B 21 C46200 — 48/16 [330/110] Rod, Bar and
32 ASTM B 43 Red Brass, 85% C23000 — 40/12 [275/85] Seamless 
32 ASTM B 111 Red Brass, 85% C23000 — 40/12 [275/85] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 111 Muntz Metal C28000 — 50/20 [345/140] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 111 Admiralty, A C44300 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 111 Admiralty, B C44400 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 111 Admiralty, C C44500 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 111 Aluminum Brass B C68700 — 50/18 [345/125] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 135 Commercial Bronze, 
90%
C22000 — 40/– [275/–] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 135 Red Brass, 85% C23000 — 44/– [305/–] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 171 Leaded Muntz Metal C36500 ≤ 2.00 [50] 50/20 [345/135] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Leaded Muntz Metal, 
Arsenical
C36600 ≤ 2.00 [50] 50/20 [345/135] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Leaded Muntz Metal, 
Antimonial
C36700 ≤ 2.00 [50] 50/20 [345/135] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Leaded Muntz Metal, 
Phosphorized
C36800 ≤ 2.00 [50] 50/20 [345/135] Plate and S
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
108
heet 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.04Ag
heet 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06Sb
heet 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06P
heet 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn
heet 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn-0.04Ag
heet 60.5Cu-38Zn-0.75Sn-0.04Ag
ube 85Cu-15Zn
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.04Ag
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06Sb
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06P
ube 67.5Cu-31Zn-1.9Al-0.04Ag
ube 85Cu-15Zn
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.04Ag
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06Sb
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06P
ube 67.5Cu-31Zn-1.9Al-0.04Ag
ube 85Cu-15Zn
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.04Ag
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06Sb
ube 71.5Cu-28Zn-1Sn-0.06P
ube 67.5Cu-31Zn-1.9Al-0.04Ag
p, and Bar 96Cu-0.14Si
p, and Bar 95Cu-3Si-1.5Sn
p, and Bar 93Cu-3.3Si-0.9Mn
 Shapes 96Cu-0.14Si
 Shapes 93Cu-3.3Si-0.9Mn
 Shapes 93Cu-3.15Si-0.5Pb
ngs 93Cu-3.3Si-0.9Mn
ube 96Cu-0.14Si
ube 93Cu-3.3Si-0.9Mn
ube 92Cu-5.5Ni-1.5Fe-0.55Mn
ube 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ube 78Cu-21Ni-0.75Fe
ube 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
32 ASTM B 171 Admiralty, A C44300 ≤ 4 [100] 45/15 [310/105] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Admiralty, B C44400 ≤ 4 [100] 45/15 [310/105] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Admiralty, C C44500 ≤ 4 [100] 45/15 [310/105] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Naval Brass C46400 ≤ 3.00 [80] 50/20 [345/140] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Naval Brass, 
Arsenical
C46500 ≤ 3.00 [80] 50/20 [345/140] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 171 Naval Brass, 
Antimonial
C46600 ≤ 3.00 [75] 50/20 [345/135] Plate and S
32 ASTM B 359 Red Brass, 85% C23000 — 40/12 [275/85] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 359 Admiralty, A C44300 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 359 Admiralty, B C44400 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 359 Admiralty, C C44500 — 45/15 [310/105 Seamless T
32 ASTM B 359 Aluminum Brass B C68700 — 50/18 [345/125] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 395 Red Brass, 85% C23000 — 40/12 [275/85] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 395 Admiralty, A C44300 — 45/15 [310/105] SeamlessT
32 ASTM B 395 Admiralty, B C44400 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 395 Admiralty, C C44500 — 45/15 [310/105] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 395 Aluminum Brass B C68700 — 50/18 [345/125] Seamless T
32 ASTM B 543 Red Brass, 85% C23000 — 40/12 [275/85] Welded T
32 ASTM B 543 Admiralty, A C44300 — 45/15 [310/105] Welded T
32 ASTM B 543 Admiralty, B C44400 — 45/15 [310/105] Welded T
32 ASTM B 543 Admiralty, C C44500 — 45/15 [310/105] Welded T
32 ASTM B 543 Aluminum Brass B C68700 — 50/18 [345/125] Welded T
33 ASTM B 96 Low Si Bronze B C65100 — 38/– [260/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
33 ASTM B 96 Silicon Bronze C65400 — 65/– [450/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
33 ASTM B 96 High Si Bronze A C65500 — 52/– [360/–] Plate, Sheet, Stri
33 ASTM B 98 Low Si Bronze B C65100 — 40/12 [275/85] Rod, Bars, and
33 ASTM B 98 High Si Bronze A C65500 — 52/15 [360/105] Rod, Bars, and
33 ASTM B 98 Silicon Bronze C66100 — 52/15 [360/105] Rod, Bars, and
33 ASTM B 283 High Si Bronze A C65500 — 50/15 [345/105] Die Forgi
33 ASTM B 315 Low Si Bronze B C65100 — 40/10 [275/70] Pipe and T
33 ASTM B 315 High Si Bronze A C65500 — 50/15 [345/105] Pipe and T
34 ASTM B 111 95-5 Cu-Ni C70400 — 38/12 [260/85] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 111 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 40/15 [275/105] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 111 80-20 Cu-Ni C71000 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 111 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 52/18 [360/125] Seamless T
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
109
ube 65 Cu-30.5Ni-2Fe-2Mn
ube 82Cu-16.5Ni-0.75Fe-0.5Cr
 Shapes 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
bars 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
bars 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
bars 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
 and Shapes 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
heet 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
heet 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
heet 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
heet 82Cu-16.5Ni-0.75Fe-0.5Cr
ube 92Cu-5.5Ni-1.5Fe-0.55Mn
ube 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ube 78Cu-21Ni-0.75Fe
ube 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
ube 82Cu-16.5Ni-0.75Fe-0.5Cr
g 87.5Cu-10Ni-105Fe
ube 92Cu-5.5Ni-1.5Fe-0.55Mn
ube 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ube 78Cu-21Ni-0.75Fe
ube 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
ube 82Cu-16.5Ni-0.75Fe-0.5Cr
and Tube 92Cu-5.5Ni-1.5Fe-0.55Mn
and Tube 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
and Tube 78Cu-21Ni-0.75Fe
and Tube 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
and Tube 82Cu-16.5Ni-0.75Fe-0.5Cr
ipe 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ipe 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ipe 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
ipe 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
ube 92Cu-5.5Ni-1.5Fe-0.55Mn
ube 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ube 78Cu-21Ni-0.75Fe
ube 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
ube 65Cu-30Ni-2Fe-2Mn
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
34 ASTM B 111 Cu-Ni-Fe-Mn C71640 — 63/25 [435/170] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 111 85-15 Cu-Ni C72200 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 151 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 38/15 [262/103] Rod, Bars, and
34 ASTM B 151 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 ≤ 1/2 [13] 52/18 [360/125] Rods and 
34 ASTM B 151 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 > 1/2 to ≤ 1
[> 13 to ≤ 25]
48/18 [330/125] Rods and 
34 ASTM B 151 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 > 1.0 [25] 45/18 [310/125] Rods and 
34 ASTM B 151 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 45/15 [310/105] Rectangular Bars
34 ASTM B 171 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 40/15 [275/105] Plate and S
34 ASTM B 171 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 ≤ 2.5 [60] 50/20 [345/140] Plate and S
34 ASTM B 171 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 > 2.5 to ≤ 5.0
[> 60 to ≤ 140]
45/18 [310/125] Plate and S
34 ASTM B 171 85-15 Cu-Ni C72200 — 42/16 [290/110] Plate and S
34 ASTM B 359 95-5 Cu-Ni C70400 — 38/12 [260/85] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 359 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 40/15 [275/105] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 359 80-20 Cu-Ni C71000 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 359 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 52/18 [360/125] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 359 85-15 Cu-Ni C72200 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 369 Alloy A C96200 — 45/25 [310/170] Castin
34 ASTM B 395 95-5 Cu-Ni C70400 — 38/12 [260/85] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 395 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 40/15 [275/105] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 395 80-20 Cu-Ni C71000 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 395 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 52/18 [360/125] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 395 85-15 Cu-Ni C72200 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless T
34 ASTM B 466 95-5 Cu-Ni C70400 — 37/12 [255/85] Seamless Pipe 
34 ASTM B 466 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 38/13 [260/90] Seamless Pipe 
34 ASTM B 466 80-20 Cu-Ni C71000 — 45/16 [310/110] Seamless Pipe 
34 ASTM B 466 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 52/18 [360/125] Seamless Pipe 
34 ASTM B 466 85-15 Cu-Ni C72200 — 40/14 [275/95] Seamless Pipe 
34 ASTM B 467 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 ≤ 4.5 [114] 40/15 [275/105] Welded P
34 ASTM B 467 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 > 4.5 [114] 38/13 [260/90] Welded P
34 ASTM B 467 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 ≤ 4.5 [114] 50/20 [345/140] Welded P
34 ASTM B 467 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 > 4.5 [114] 45/15 [310/105] Welded P
34 ASTM B 543 95-5 Cu-Ni C70400 — 38/12 [260/85] Welded T
34 ASTM B 543 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 40/15 [275/105] Welded T
34 ASTM B 543 80-20 Cu-Ni C71000 — 45/16 [310/110] Welded T
34 ASTM B 543 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 52/18 [360/125] Welded T
34 ASTM B 543 Cu-Ni-Fe-Mn C71640 — 63/25 [435/170] Welded T
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
110
ube 82Cu-16.5Ni-0.75Fe-0.5Cr
ipe 87Cu-10Ni-1.4Fe
ipe 68Cu-31Ni-0.7Fe
ube 94 Cu-5.8 Al-0.2As
ube 91Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
ube 87Cu-7.0Al-2.5Fe
ings 88Cu-9Al-3Fe
ings 89Cu-10Al-1Fe
ings 85Cu-11Al-4Fe
ings 83Cu-10.7Al-4Fe-2Ni
ings 85Cu-11Al-4Fe-3Mn
ings 91Cu-7Al-2Si
ings 75Cu-12Mn-8Al-3Fe-2Ni
ings 81Cu-9Al-4.5Ni-4Fe
od 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
od 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
od 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
od 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
od 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
od 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
od 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
od 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
od 86Cu-9Al-3.7Fe
od 86Cu-9Al-3.7Fe
od 86Cu-9Al-3.7Fe
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
34 ASTM B 543 85-15 Cu-Ni C72200 — 45/16 [310/110] Welded T
34 ASTM B 608 90-10 Cu-Ni C70600 — 40/– [275/–] Welded P
34 ASTM B 608 70-30 Cu-Ni C71500 — 50/– [345/–] Welded P
35 ASTM B 111 Aluminum Bronze C60800 — 50/19 [345/130] Seamless T
35 ASTM B 111 Aluminum Bronze C61300 — 70/30 [485/205] Seamless T
35 ASTM B 111 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 — 70/30 [480/205] Seamless T
35 ASTM B 148 Grade A Al-Bronze C95200 — 65/25 [450/170] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Grade B Al-Bronze C95300 — 65/25 [450/170] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Grade C Al-Bronze C95400 — 75/30 [515/205] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Aluminum Bronze C95410 — 75/30 [515/205] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Grade D Ni-Al 
Bronze
C95500 — 90/40 [620/275] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Grade E, Si-Al 
Bronze
C95600 — 60/28 [415/195] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Grade F, Mn-Ni-Al 
Bronze
C95700 — 90/40 [620/275] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 148 Ni-Al Bronze C95800 — 85/35 [585/240] Sand Cast
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze 
(HR50)
C61300 ≤ 0.5 [12] 80/50 [550/345] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze 
(HR50)
C61300 > 0.5 to ≤ 1.0
[> 12 to 25]
75/45 [515/310] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze 
(HR50)
C61300 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
72/40 [495/275] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze 
(HR50)
C61300 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 50 to ≤ 75]
70/35 [485/240] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 ≤ 0.5 [12] 80/40 [550/275] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 > 0.5 to ≤ 1.0
[> 12 to ≤ 25]
75/35 [515/240] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
70/32 [485/220] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 50 to ≤ 75]
70/30 [485/205] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum BronzeC61900 ≤ 0.5 [12] 90/50 [620/345] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C61900 > 0.5 to ≤ 1.0
[> 12 to ≤ 25]
88/44 [605/305] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C61900 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
85/40 [585/275] Round R
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
111
od 86Cu-9Al-3.7Fe
od 86Cu-9Al-3.7Fe
s 86Cu-9Al-3.7Fe
od 86Cu-9.7Al-3Fe
od 86Cu-9.7Al-3Fe
od 86Cu-9.7Al-3Fe
od 86Cu-9.7Al-3Fe
od 86Cu-9.7Al-3Fe
s 86Cu-9.7Al-3Fe
od 85.5Cu-10.8Al-3.2Fe
od 85.5Cu-10.8Al-3.2Fe
od 85.5Cu-10.8Al-3.2Fe
od 85.5Cu-10.8Al-3.2Fe
s 85.5Cu-10.8Al-3.2Fe
Bar 82Cu-10Al-5Ni-3Fe
Bar 82Cu-10Al-5Ni-3Fe
Bar 82Cu-10Al-5Ni-3Fe
Bar 82Cu-10Al-5Ni-3Fe
s 82Cu-10Al-5Ni-3Fe
 Shapes 81Cu-9.1Al-4.4Ni-3.9Fe-
1.6Mn
Bar 89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
Bar 89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
Bar 89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
Bar 89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C61900 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 50 to ≤ 75]
78/37 [540/255] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C61900 > 3.0 [75] 75/30 [515/205] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C61900 — 75/30 [515/205] Shape
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62300 ≤ 0.5 [12] 90/50 [620/345] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62300 > 0.5 to ≤ 1.0
[> 12 to ≤ 25]
88/44 [605/305] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62300 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
84/40 [580/275] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62300 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 50 to ≤ 75]
76/37 [525/255] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62300 > 3.0 [75] 75/30 [515/205] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62300 — 75/30 [515/205] Shape
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62400 ≤ 1.0 90/43 [620/295] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62400 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
90/43 [620/295] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62400 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 50 to ≤ 80]
90/40 [620/275] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62400 > 3.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 80 to ≤ 125]
90/35 [620/240] Round R
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C62400 — 90/35 [620/240] Shape
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C63000 > 0.5 to ≤ 1.0
[> 12 to ≤ 25]
100/50 [690/345] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C63000 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
90/45 [620/310] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C63000 > 2.0 to ≤ 4.0
[> 50 to ≤ 100]
85/42.5 [585/295] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C63000 > 4.0 [100] 80/40 [550/275] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C63000 — 85/42.5 [585/295] Shape
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C63200 — 90/40 [620/275] Rod, Bars, and
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 ≤ 0.5 [12] 90/45 [620/310] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 > 0.5 to ≤ 1.0
[> 12 to ≤ 25]
85/45 [585/310] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 > 1.0 to ≤ 2.0
[> 25 to ≤ 50]
80/42 [550/290] Rod and 
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 > 2.0 to ≤ 3.0
[> 50 to ≤ 75]
75/35 [515/240] Rod and 
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
112
ar 89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
ar 89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
89Cu-6.9Al-1.8Si
, and Bar 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
, and Bar 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
, and Bar 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
, and Bar 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
, and Bar 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
, and Bar 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
heet 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
heet 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
heet 82Cu-10Al-5Ni-3Fe
heet 81Cu-9.1Al-4.4Ni-3.9Fe-1.6Mn
astings 88Cu-9Al-3Fe
astings 89Cu-10Al-1Fe
astings 85Cu-11Al-4Fe
astings 83Cu-10.7Al-4Fe-2Ni
astings 85Cu-11Al-4Fe-3Mn
gs 89Cu-7Al-1.8Si
gs 89Cu-7Al-1.8Si
ipe 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
ipe 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
ube 93.5Cu-5.8 Al-0.27As
ube 93.5Cu-5.8 Al-0.27As
ng Repair 80Cu-9Al-3Fe
ipe 90Cu-6.8Al-2.5Fe-0.35Sn
ipe 90Cu-7Al-2.5Fe
ar 99.0 Min. Ni
ar Lo C-99 Min. Ni
nd Tube 99.0 Min. Ni
nd Tube 99.0 Min. Ni
tion
Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 > 3.0 to ≤ 4.0
[> 75 to ≤ 100]
70/30 [485/205] Rod and B
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 > 4.0 [100] 70/25 [485/170] Rod and B
35 ASTM B 150 Aluminum Bronze C64200 — 70/30 [485/205] Shapes
35 ASTM B 169 Aluminum Bronze C61300 ≤ 0.5 [12] 75/36 [515/255] Plate, Sheet, Strip
35 ASTM B 169 Aluminum Bronze C61300 > 0.5 to ≤ 2.0
[> 12 to ≤ 50]
72/32 [495/220] Plate, Sheet, Strip
35 ASTM B 169 Aluminum Bronze C61300 > 2.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 50 to ≤ 125]
65/28 [450/195] Plate, Sheet, Strip
35 ASTM B 169 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 ≤ 0.5 [13] 72/32 [495/220] Plate, Sheet, Strip
35 ASTM B 169 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 > 0.5 to ≤ 2.0
[> 13 to ≤ 50]
70/30 [485/205] Plate, Sheet, Strip
35 ASTM B 169 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 > 2.0 to ≤ 5.0
[> 50 to ≤ 125]
65/28 [450/195] Plate, Sheet, Strip
35 ASTM B 171 Aluminum Bronze C61300 ≤ 2.0 [50] 75/37 [520/255] Plate and S
35 ASTM B 171 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 ≤ 2.0 [50] 70/30 [485/205] Plate and S
35 ASTM B 171 Aluminum Bronze C63000 ≤ 2.0 [50] 90/36 [620/250] Plate and S
35 ASTM B 171 Aluminum Bronze C63200 ≤ 2.0 [50] 90/36 [620/250] Plate and S
35 ASTM B 271 Grade A Al-Bronze C95200 — 65/25 [450/170] Centrifugal C
35 ASTM B 271 Grade B Al-Bronze C95300 — 65/25 [450/170] Centrifugal C
35 ASTM B 271 Grade C Al-Bronze C95400 — 75/30 [515/205] Centrifugal C
35 ASTM B 271 Aluminum Bronze C95410 — 75/30 [515/205] Centrifugal C
35 ASTM B 271 Grade D Ni-Al 
Bronze
C95500 — 90/40 [620/275] Centrifugal C
35 ASTM B 283 Al-Si Bronze C64200 ≤ 1.5 [38] 70/25 [485/170] Die Forgin
35 ASTM B 283 Al-Si Bronze C64200 >1.5 [38] 68/23 [470/159] Die Forgin
35 ASTM B 315 Aluminum Bronze C61300 — 65/28 [450/195] Seamless P
35 ASTM B 315 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 — 65/28 [450/195] Seamless P
35 ASTM B 359 Aluminum Bronze C60800 — 50/19 [345/130] Seamless T
35 ASTM B 395 Aluminum Bronze C60800 — 50/19 [345/130] Seamless T
35 ASTM B 505 Grade A Al-Bronze C95200 20% of t 68/26 [470/180] Continuous Casti
35 ASTM B 608 Aluminum Bronze C61300 — 70/– [485/–] Welded P
35 ASTM B 608 Aluminum Bronze D C61400 — 70/– [485/–] Welded P
NICKEL AND NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
41 ASTM B 160 Alloy 200 N02200 — 55/15 [380/105] Rod and B
41 ASTM B 160 Alloy 201 N02201 — 50/10 [345/70] Rod and B
41 ASTM B 161 Alloy 200 N02200 ≤ 5 [127] O.D. 55/15 [380/105] Seamless Pipe a
41 ASTM B 161 Alloy 200 N02200 > 5 [127] O.D. 55/12 [380/85] Seamless Pipe a
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base 
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
113
nd Tube Lo C-99 Min. Ni
nd Tube Lo C-99 Min. Ni
nd Strip 99.0 Min. Ni
nd Strip Lo C-99 Min. Ni
ube 99.0 Min. Ni
ube Lo C-99 Min. Ni
s 99.0 Min. Ni
s 67Ni-30Cu
s Ni-30 Cu-Si-Cb
s 67Ni-30Cu
nd Strip 67Ni-30Cu
ube 67Ni-30Cu
ar 67Ni-30Cu
ar 67Ni-30Cu
nd Tube 67Ni-30Cu
nd Tube 67Ni-30Cu
s 67Ni-30Cu
s Ni-15.5Cr-Fe
s Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
ube Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
ube 72Ni-15Cr-8FE
ube 58Ni-29Cr-9Fe
ar Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
ar 72Ni-15Cr-8FE
ar 60.5Ni-23Cr-15Fe-1.35Al
ar 45Ni-22Cr-12Co-9Mo
ar 44.5Ni-22Cr-12.5Co-9Mo
ar 58Ni-29Cr-9Fe
nd Tube Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
nd Tube 72Ni-15Cr-8FE
nd Tube 72Ni-15Cr-8FEnd Tube 60.5Ni-23Cr-15Fe-1.35Al
nd Tube 45Ni-22Cr-12Co-9Mo
nd Tube 58Ni-29Cr-9Fe
nd Tube 58Ni-29Cr-9Fe
nd Strip Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
nd Strip 72Ni-15Cr-8FE
tion
Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
41 ASTM B 161 Alloy 201 N02201 ≤ 5 [127] O.D. 50/12 [345/85] Seamless Pipe a
41 ASTM B 161 Alloy 201 N02201 > 5 [127] O.D. 50/10 [345/70] Seamless Pipe a
41 ASTM B 162 Alloy 200 N02200 — 55/15 [380/100] Plate, Sheet, a
41 ASTM B 162 Alloy 201 N02201 — 50/12 [345/85] Plate, Sheet, a
41 ASTM B 163 Alloy 200 N02200 — 55/15 [379/103] Seamless T
41 ASTM B 163 Alloy 201 N02201 — 50/12 [345/83] Seamless T
41 ASTM B 564 Alloy 200 N02200 — 55/15 [380/105] Forging
42 ASTM A 494 Grade M-35-2 N04020 — 65/30 [450/205] Casting
42 ASTM A 494 Grade MC-30-C N24130 — 65/32.5 [450/225] Casting
42 ASTM A 494 Grade M-35-1 N24135 — 65/25 [450/170] Casting
42 ASTM B 127 Alloy 400 N04400 — 70/28 [485/195] Plate, Sheet, a
42 ASTM B 163 Alloy 400 N04400 — 70/28 [483/193] Seamless T
42 ASTM B 164 Alloy 400 N04400 — 70/25 [480/170] Rod and B
42 ASTM B 164 Alloy R-405 N04405 — 70/25 [480/170] Rod and B
42 ASTM B 165 Alloy 400 N04400 ≤ 5 [127] O.D. 70/28 [480/195] Seamless Pipe a
42 ASTM B 165 Alloy 400 N04400 > 5 [127] O.D. 70/25 [480/170] Seamless Pipe a
42 ASTM B 564 Alloy 400 N04400 — 70/25 [483/172] Forging
43 ASTM A 494 Grade Cy-40 N06040 — 70/28 [485/195] Casting
43 ASTM A 494 Grade CW-6MC N26625 — 70/40 [485/275] Casting
43 ASTM B 163 Alloy 6025HT N06025 — 98/39 [680/269] Seamless T
43 ASTM B 163 Alloy 600 N06600 — 80/35 [552/241] Seamless T
43 ASTM B 163 Alloy 690 N06690 — 85/35 [586/241] Seamless T
43 ASTM B 166 Alloy 6025HT N06025 — 98/39 [680/270] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 166 Alloy 600 N06600 — 80/35 [550/241] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 166 Alloy 601 N06601 — 80/30 [550/205] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 166 Alloy 603 GT N06603 — 94/43 [650/300] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 166 Alloy 617 N06617 — 95/35 [655/240] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 166 Alloy 690 N06690 — 85/35 [586/240] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 6025HT N06025 — 98/39 [680/270] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 600 N06600 ≤ 5.0 [127] O.D. 80/30 [550/205] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 600 N06600 > 5.0 [127] 75/25 [515/170] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 601 N06601 — 80/30 [550/205] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 603 GT N06603 — 94/43 [650/300] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 690 N06690 ≤ 5.0 [127] O.D. 85/30 [586/205] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 167 Alloy 690 N06690 > 5.0 [127] 75/25 [515/170] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 168 Alloy 6025HT N06025 — 98/39 [680/270] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 168 Alloy 600 N06600 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Sheet, a
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base 
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
114
nd Strip 60.5Ni-23Cr-15Fe-1.35Al
nd Strip 45Ni-22Cr-12Co-9Mo
nd Strip 44.5Ni-22Cr-12.5Co-9Mo
nd Strip 58Ni-29Cr-9Fe
nd Strip 47Ni-22Cr-18Fe-9Mo
 and Sheet Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
 and Sheet Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
ube Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
ar Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
ar Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
ube Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
ube 72Ni-15Cr-8FE
ube 45Ni-22Cr-12Co-9Mo
ipe Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
ipe 72Ni-15Cr-8FE
ipe 45Ni-22Cr-12Co-9Mo
s Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
s Ni-25Cr-9.5Fe-2.1Al
s Ni-30Cr-10Mo
s Ni-30Cr-10Mo
s 60Ni-19Cr-19Mo-1.8Ta
s 53Ni-22Cr-14W-2Mo
s 72Ni-15Cr-8Fe
s 62Ni-25Cr-9Fe-2.7Al
s 44.5Ni-22Cr-12.5Co-9Mo
s Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
s Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
s 58Ni-29Cr-9Fe
47Ni-22Cr-18Fe-9Mo
60Ni-19Cr-19Mo-1.8Ta
nd Strip 60Ni-19Cr-19Mo-1.8Ta
ipe 47Ni-22Cr-18Fe-9Mo
nd Strip 60Ni-19Cr-19Mo-1.8Ta
nd Tube 47Ni-22Cr-18Fe-9Mo
nd Tube 60Ni-19Cr-19Mo-1.8Ta
ube 47Ni-22Cr-18Fe-9Mo
ube 60Ni-19Cr-19Mo-1.8Ta
tion
Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
43 ASTM B 168 Alloy 601 N06601 — 80/30 [550/205] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 168 Alloy 603 GT N06603 — 94/43 [650/300] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 168 Alloy 617 N06617 — 95/35 [655/240] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 168 Alloy 690 N06690 — 85/35 [586/240] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 435 Alloy X N06002 — 95/35 [655/240] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 443 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 — 120/60 [827/414] Cold Rolled Strip
43 ASTM B 443 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 ≤ 2.75 [70] 110/55 [758/379] Hot Rolled Plate
43 ASTM B 444 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 — 120/60 [827/414] Pipe and T
43 ASTM B 446 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 ≤ 4 [102] 120/60 [827/414] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 446 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 > 4 to ≤ 10
[> 102 to ≤ 254]
110/50 [758/345] Rod and B
43 ASTM B 516 Alloy 6025HT N06025 — 98/39 [680/270] Welded T
43 ASTM B 516 Alloy 600 N06600 — 80/35 [550/240] Welded T
43 ASTM B 516 Alloy 603 GT N06603 — 94/43 [650/300] Welded T
43 ASTM B 517 Alloy 6025HT N06025 — 98/39 [680/270] Welded P
43 ASTM B 517 Alloy 600 N06600 — 80/35 [550/240] Welded P
43 ASTM B 517 Alloy 603 GT N06603 — 94/43 [650/300] Welded P
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 6025HT N06025 ≤ 4 [102] 98/39 [680/270] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 6025HT N06025 > 4 to ≤ 12
[> 102 to ≤ 305]
84/39 [580/270] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 N06110 ≤ 4 [102] 95/45 [655/310] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 N06110 > 4 [102] 90/40 [621/276] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 21 N06210 — 100/45 [690/310] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 230 N06230 — 110/43 [758/310] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 600 N06600 — 80/35 [552/241] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 603CT N06603 — 94/43 [650/300] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 617 N06617 — 95/35 [655/241] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 ≤ 4 [102] 120/60 [827/414] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 > 4 [102] 110/50 [758/345] Forging
43 ASTM B 564 Alloy 690 N06690 — 85/35 [586/241] Forging
43 ASTM B 572 Alloy X N06002 — 95/35 [660/240] Rod
43 ASTM B 574 Alloy 21 N06210 — 100/45 [690/310] Rod
43 ASTM B 575 Alloy 21 N06210 — 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 619 Alloy X N06002 — 100/40 [690/276] Welded P
43 ASTM B 619 Alloy 21 N06210 — 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 622 Alloy X N06002 — 100/40 [690/276] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 622 Alloy 21 N06210 — 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe a
43 ASTM B 626 Alloy X N06002 — 100/40 [690/276] Welded T
43 ASTM B 626 Alloy 21 N06210 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded T
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base 
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
115
ube Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
ipe Ni-21.5Cr-9Mo-3.8Cb
nd Strip 45Ni-25.5Cr-3.3Mo-3.3W-
3.2Co-1.1Si
45Ni-25.5Cr-3.3Mo-3.3W-
3.2Co-1.1Si
and Tube 45Ni-25.5Cr-3.3Mo-3.3W-
3.2Co-1.1Si
ipe 45Ni-25.5Cr-3.3Mo-3.3W-
3.2Co-1.1Si
ube 45Ni-25.5Cr-3.3Mo-3.3W-
3.2Co-1.1Si
nd Strip Ni-30Cr-10Mo-10 max Co
Bar Ni-30Cr-10Mo-10 max Co
Bar Ni-30Cr-10Mo-10 max Co
ipe Ni-30Cr-10Mo-10 max Co
ube Ni-30Cr-10Mo-10 max Co
ube Ni-30Cr-10Mo-10 max Co
Strip 62Ni-28Mo-Fe
62Ni-28Mo-Fe
nd Strip 65Ni-22.5Mo-5Cr-0.5Fe
nd Strip 65Ni-28Mo-Fe
nd Strip 65 Min.-Ni-29.5Mo-2Cr-2Fe
nd Strip Ni-28Mo-3.5Fe-1Cr
62Ni-28Mo-5Fe
62Ni-28Mo-5Fe
65Ni-22.5Mo-5Cr-0.5Fe
Ni-28Mo-3.5Fe-1Cr
65Ni-28Mo-Fe
65 Min.-Ni-29.5Mo-2Cr-2Fe
nd Strip 70Ni-16Mo-7Cr-Fe
nd Strip Ni-30Co-28Cr-2.7Si
s 59Ni-22Cr-14Mo-4Fe-3W
s Ni-16.2Cr-16.5Mo
s Ni-31.5Mo
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
ittedw
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
43 ASTM B 704 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 — 120/60 [827/414] Welded T
43 ASTM B 705 Alloy 625 Grade 1 N06625 — 120/60 [827/414] Welded P
43 ASTM B 718 Alloy 333 N06333 — 80/35 [551/241] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 719 Alloy 333 N06333 — 80/35 [551/241] Bar
43 ASTM B 722 Alloy 333 N06333 — 80/35 [551/241] Seamless Pipe 
43 ASTM B 723 Alloy 333 N06333 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded P
43 ASTM B 726 Alloy 333 N06333 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded T
43 ASTM B 755 — N06110 — 95/45 [655/310] Plate, Sheet, a
43 ASTM B 756 — N06110 ≤ 4 [102] 95/45 [655/310] Rod and 
43 ASTM B 756 — N06110 > 4 [102] 90/40 [621/276] Rod and 
43 ASTM B 757 — N06110 — 95/45 [655/310] Welded P
43 ASTM B 758 — N06110 — 95/45 [655/310] Welded T
43 ASTM B 759 — N06110 — 95/45 [655/310] Pipe and T
44 ASTM B 333 Alloy B N10001 ≤ 3/16 [5] 115/50 [795/345] Sheet and 
44 ASTM B 333 Alloy B N10001 > 3/16 to ≤ 2.5
[> 5 to ≤ 63]
100/45 [690/310] Plate
44 ASTM B 333 Alloy B-10 N10624 — 104/46 [720/320] Plate, Sheet, a
44 ASTM B 333 Alloy B-2 N10665 — 110/51 [760/350] Plate, Sheet, a
44 ASTM B 333 Alloy B-3 N10675 — 110/51 [760/350] Plate, Sheet, a
44 ASTM B 333 Alloy B-4 N10629 — 110/51 [760/350] Plate, Sheet, a
44 ASTM B 335 Alloy B N10001 ≥ 5/16 to ≤ 1.5
[≥ 8 to ≤ 38]
115/46 [795/315] Rod
44 ASTM B 335 Alloy B N10001 > 1.5 to ≤ 3.5
[> 38 to ≤ 89]
100/46 [690/315] Rod
44 ASTM B 335 Alloy B-10 N10624 — 104/46 [720/320] Rod
44 ASTM B 335 Alloy B-4 N10629 — 110/51 [760/350] Rod
44 ASTM B 335 Alloy B-2 N10665 — 110/51 [760/350] Rod
44 ASTM B 335 Alloy B-3 N10675 — 110/51 [760/350] Rod
44 ASTM B 434 Alloy N N10003 — 100/40 [690/280] Plate, Sheet, a
44 ASTM B 435 Alloy HR-160 N12160 — 90/35 [670/240] Plate, Sheet, a
44 ASTM A 494 Grade CX-2MW N26022 — 80/45 [550/315] Casting
44 ASTM A 494 Grade CW-2M N26455 — 72/40 [495/275] Casting
44 ASTM A 494 Alloy N-7M N30007 — 76/40 [525/275] Casting
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
116
Ni-31.5Mo
55Ni-21Cr-18.5Mo
59Ni-23Cr-16Mo
53Ni-23Cr-16Mo-1.6Cu
Ni-21Cr-16Mo-3.7 W
54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
65Ni-22.5Mo-5Cr-0.5Fe
Ni-28Mo-3.5Fe-1Cr
65Ni-29.5Mo-2Cr-2Fe
Ni-30Co-28Cr-2.7Si
Ni-30Co-28Cr-2.7Si
70Ni-16Mo-7Cr-Fe
55Ni-21Cr-13.5Mo
53Ni-23Cr-16Mo-1.6Cu
59Ni-23Cr-16Mo
61Ni-16Mo-16Cr
Ni-21Cr-16Mo-3.7 W
54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
d Strip 55Ni-21Cr-13.5Mo
d Strip 59Ni-23Cr-16Mo
d Strip 53Ni-23Cr-16Mo-1.6Cu
d Strip 61Ni-16Mo-16Cr
d Strip Ni-21Cr-16Mo-3.7 W
d Strip 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
pe 55Ni-21Cr-13.5Mo
pe 59Ni-23Cr-16Mo
pe 53Ni-23Cr-16Mo-1.6Cu
pe 61Ni-16Mo-16Cr
pe Ni-21Cr-16Mo-3.7 W
pe 62Ni-28Mo-5 max Fe
pe 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
pe 65Ni-22.5Mo-5Cr-0.5Fe
pe Ni-28Mo-3.5Fe-1Cr
pe 65Ni-28Mo-2 max Fe
pe 65Ni-29.5Mo-2Cr-2Fe
pe Ni-30Co-28Cr-2.7Si-Ti
nd Tube 55Ni-21Cr-13.5Mo
nd Tube 59Ni-23Cr-16Mo
nd Tube 57Ni-20.5Cr-13Mo-8Fe
ion
etal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
44 ASTM A 494 Grade CW-6M N30107 — 72/40 [495/275] Castings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy C-22 N06022 — 100/45 [690/310] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy 59 N06059 — 100/45 [690/310] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy C2000 N06200 — 100/41 [690/283] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy 686 N06686 — 100/45 [690/310] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy C-276 N10276 — 100/41 [690/283] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy B10 N10624 — 104/46 [720/320] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy B-4 N10629 — 110/51 [760/350] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy B-3 N10675 — 110/51 [760/350] Forgings
44 ASTM B 564 Alloy HR-160 N12160 — 90/35 [620/240] Forgings
44 ASTM B 572 Alloy HR-160 N12160 — 90/35 [620/240] Rod
44 ASTM B 573 Alloy N N10003 — 100/40 [689/276] Rod
44 ASTM B 574 Alloy C-22 N06022 — 100/45 [690/310] Rod
44 ASTM B 574 Alloy C2000 N06200 — 100/41 [690/283] Rod
44 ASTM B 574 Alloy 59 N06059 — 100/45 [690/310] Rod
44 ASTM B 574 Alloy C-4 N06455 — 100/40 [690/276] Rod
44 ASTM B 574 Alloy 686 N06686 — 100/45 [690/310] Rod
44 ASTM B 574 Alloy C-276 N10276 — 100/41 [690/283] Rod
44 ASTM B 575 Alloy C-22 N06022 — 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, an
44 ASTM B 575 Alloy 59 N06059 — 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, an
44 ASTM B 575 Alloy C2000 N06200 — 100/41 [690/283] Plate, Sheet, an
44 ASTM B 575 Alloy C-4 N06455 — 100/40 [690/276] Plate, Sheet, an
44 ASTM B 575 Alloy 686 N06686 — 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, an
44 ASTM B 575 Alloy C-276 N10276 — 100/41 [690/283] Plate, Sheet, an
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy C-22 N06022 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy 59 N06059 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy C2000 N06200 — 100/41 [690/283] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy C-4 N06455 — 100/40 [690/276] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy 686 N06686 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy B N10001 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy C-276 N10276 — 100/41 [690/283] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy B-10 N10624 — 104/46 [720/320] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy B-4 N10629 — 110/51 [760/350] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy B-2 N10665 — 110/51 [760/350] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy B-3 N10675 — 110/51 [760/350] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 619 Alloy HR-160 N12160 — 90/35 [620/240] Welded Pi
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy C-22 N06022 — 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy 59 N06059 — 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy 2060 Mo N06060 — 90/35 [621/241] Seamless Pipe a
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualificat
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base M
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
117
nd Tube 53Ni-23Cr-16Mo-1.6Cu
nd Tube 49.5Ni-24.5Cr-17Fe-7.5Mo
nd Tube Ni-21Cr-16Mo-3.7 W
nd Tube 62Ni-28Mo-5 max Fe
nd Tube 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
nd Tube 65Ni-22.5Mo-5Cr-0.5Fe
nd Tube Ni-28Mo-3.5Fe-1Cr
nd Tube 65Ni-28Mo-2 max Fe
nd Tube 65Ni-29.5Mo-2Cr-2Fe
nd Tube Ni-30Co-28Cr-2.7Si
ube 55Ni-21Cr-13.5Mo
ube 59Ni-23Cr-16Mo
ube 53Ni-23Cr-16Mo-1.6Cu
ube 61Ni-16Mo-16Cr
ube Ni-21Cr-16Mo-3.7 W
ube 62Ni-28Mo-5 max Fe
ube 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr
ube 65Ni-22.5Mo-5Cr-0.5Fe
ube Ni-28Mo-3.5Fe-1Cr
ube 65Ni-28Mo-2 max Fe
ube 65Ni-29.5Mo-2Cr-2Fe
ube Ni-30Co-28Cr-2.7Si
Ni-15.7Cr-15.2Mo
s 46Fe-32Ni-20Cr-Cb
s 43Fe-28Ni-19Cr-Cu-Mo
ube 45Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
ube 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ube 47Fe-32Ni-20.5Cr
ube 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ube 39.5 Min.-33Ni-21Cr-1(Al ≤ Ti)
ube 42Ni-30Fe-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
ar 45Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
nd Tube 45Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
nd Strip 45Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
nd Tube 37Ni-34Fe-26Cr
nd Tube 44Fe-32Ni-21Cr
nd Tube 47Fe-32Ni-20.5Cr
nd Tube 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
tion
Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy C2000 N06200 — 100/41 [690/283] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy C-4 N06455 — 100/40 [690/276] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy 686 N06686 — 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy B N10001 — 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy C-276 N10276 — 100/41 [690/283] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy B-10 N10624 — 104/46 [720/320] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy B-4 N10629 — 110/51 [760/350] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy B-2 N10665 — 110/51 [760/350] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy B-3 N10675 — 110/51 [760/350] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 622 Alloy HR-160 N12160 — 90/35 [620/240] Seamless Pipe a
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy C-22 N06022 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy 59 N06059 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy C2000N06200 — 100/41 [690/283] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy C-4 N06455 — 100/40 [690/276] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy 686 N06686 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy B N10001 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy C-276 N10276 — 100/41 [690/283] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy B-10 N10624 — 104/46 [720/320] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy B-4 N10629 — 110/51 [760/350] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy B-2 N10665 — 110/51 [760/350] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy B-3 N10675 — 110/51 [760/350] Welded T
44 ASTM B 626 Alloy HR-160 N12160 — 90/35 [620/240] Welded T
44 AMS 5711 Alloy 5 N06635 — 100/60 [700/414] Sheet
45 ASTM A 351 Alloy CT15C N08151 — 63/25 [435/170] Casting
45 ASTM A 351 Alloy CN7M N08007 — 62/25 [425/170] Casting
45 ASTM B 163 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 163 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [517/207] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 163 Alloy 801 N08801 — 65/25 [448/172] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 163 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [448/172] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 163 Alloy 800HT N08811 — 65/25 [448/172] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 163 Alloy 825 N08825 — 85/35 [586/241] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 166 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 167 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 168 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 407 Alloy HR-120 N08120 — 90/40 [621/276] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 407 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [520/205] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 407 Alloy 801 N08801 — 65/25 [450/170] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 407 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [450/170] Seamless Pipe a
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base 
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
118
nd Tube 39.5 Min.-33Ni-21Cr-1(Al ≤ Ti)
ar 37Ni-34Fe-26Cr
ar 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ar 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ar 39.5 Min.-33Ni-21Cr-1(Al ≤ Ti)
nd Strip 37Ni-34Fe-26Cr
nd Strip 33Ni-21Cr
nd Strip 33Ni-21Cr
nd Strip 39.5 Min.-33Ni-21Cr-1(Al ≤ Ti)
nd Tube 41Ni-30Fe-21Cr-5.7Mo-2Cu
d Tube-CR 42Ni-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
 Tube-HR 42Ni-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
nd Strip 41Ni-30Fe-21Cr-5.7Mo-2Cu
nd Strip 42Ni-30Fe-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
ar 41Ni-30Fe-21Cr-5.7Mo-2Cu
ar 42Ni-30Fe-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
nd Strip 30Fe-22Cr-21Ni-18Co-3Mo-3W
langes, etc. 35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-3.5Cu-2.5Mo
langes, etc. 37Ni-33Fe-23Cr-4Mo-1Cu
langes, etc. 35Ni-31Fe-24Cr-5Mo-2Cu
langes, etc. 46Fe-24Ni-21 \Cr-6.5Mo
langes, etc. 33Cr-31.5Ni-32Fe-1.2Mo
nd Strip 35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-3.5Cu-2.5Mo
nd Strip 37Ni-33Fe-23Cr-4Mo-1Cu
nd Strip 35Ni-31Fe-24Cr-5Mo-2Cu
ipe 35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-Cb
ipe 37Ni-33Fe-23Cr-4Mo-1Cu
ipe 35Ni-31Fe-24Cr-5Mo-2Cu
ube 35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-3.5Cu-2.5Mo
ube 37Ni-33Fe-23Cr-4Mo-1Cu
ube 35Ni-31Fe-24Cr-5Mo-2Cu
35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-3.5Cu-2.5Mo
37Ni-33Fe-23Cr-4Mo-1Cu
35Ni-31Fe-24Cr-5Mo-2Cu
ipe 37Ni-34Fe-26Cr
ipe 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ipe 33Ni-21Cr
ube 37Ni-34Fe-26Cr
tion
Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
45 ASTM B 407 Alloy 800HT N08811 — 65/25 [450/170] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 408 Alloy HR-120 N08120 — 90/40 [621/276] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 408 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [515/205] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 408 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [450/170] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 408 Alloy 800HT N08811 — 65/25 [450/170] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 409 Alloy HR-120 N08120 — 90/40 [621/276] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 409 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [520/205] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 409 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [450/170] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 409 Alloy 800HT N08811 — 65/25 [450/170] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 423 Alloy 20 Cb3 Mod. N08221 — 79/34 [545/234] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 423 Alloy 825 N08825 — 85/35 [586/241] Seamless Pipe an
45 ASTM B 423 Alloy 825 N08825 — 75/25 [517/172] Seamless Pipe and
45 ASTM B 424 Alloy 20 Cb3 Mod. N08221 — 79/34 [544/235] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 424 Alloy 825 N08825 — 85/35 [586/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 425 Alloy 20 Cb3 Mod. N08221 — 79/34 [544/235] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 425 Alloy 825 N08825 — 85/35 [586/241] Rod and B
45 ASTM B 435 Alloy HS 556 R30556 — 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 462 Alloy 20 Cb3 N08020 — 80/35 [551/241] Forged or Rolled F
45 ASTM B 462 Alloy 20 Mo-4 N08024 — 80/35 [551/241] Forged or Rolled F
45 ASTM B 462 Alloy 20 Mo6 N08026 — 80/35 [551/241] Forged or Rolled F
45 ASTM B 462 Alloy AL6XN N08367 — 95/45 [655/310] Forged or Rolled F
45 ASTM B 462 Alloy 33 R20033 — 109/55 [750/380] Forged or Rolled F
45 ASTM B 463 Alloy 20 Cb3 N08020 — 80/35 [551/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 463 Alloy 20 Mo-4 N08024 — 80/35 [551/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 463 Alloy 20 Mo6 N08026 — 80/35 [551/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 464 Alloy 20 Cb3 N08020 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded P
45 ASTM B 464 Alloy 20 Mo-4 N08024 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded P
45 ASTM B 464 Alloy 20 Mo6 N08026 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded P
45 ASTM B 468 Alloy 20 Cb3 N08020 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded T
45 ASTM B 468 Alloy 20 Mo-4 N08024 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded T
45 ASTM B 468 Alloy 20 Mo6 N08026 — 80/35 [551/241] Welded T
45 ASTM B 473 Alloy 20 Cb3 N08020 — 80/35 [551/241] Bars
45 ASTM B 473 Alloy 20 Mo-4 N08024 — 80/35 [551/241] Bars
45 ASTM B 473 Alloy 20 Mo6 N08026 — 80/35 [551/241] Bars
45 ASTM B 514 Alloy HR-120 N08120 — 90/40 [621/276] Welded P
45 ASTM B 514 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [520/207] Welded P
45 ASTM B 514 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [450/170] Welded P
45 ASTM B 515 Alloy HR-120 N08120 — 90/40 [621/276] Welded T
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base 
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
119
ube 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ube 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
ube 39.5 Min.-33Ni-21Cr-1(Al = Ti)
ube 45Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
ipe 45 Min.-Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
s 45 Min.-Ni-27.5Cr-23Fe-2.75Si
s 33Fe-31Ni-27Cr-6.5Mo-Cu
s 37Ni-34Fe-26Cr
s 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6.5Mo
s 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
s 44Fe-33Ni-21Cr
s 39.5 Min.-33Ni-21Cr-1(Al = Ti)
s 42Ni-30Fe-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
s 33Cr-31.5Ni-32Fe-1.2Mo
21Ni-30Fe-22Cr-18Co-3Mo-3W
47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
40Ni-29Cr-15Fe-5Mo
49Ni-25Cr-18Fe-6Mo
47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mn
47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mn
nd Strip 47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
nd Strip 40Ni-29Cr-15Fe-5Mo
nd Strip 49Ni-25Cr-18Fe-6Mo
nd Strip 47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mn
47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mn
nd Strip 25Ni-47Fe-21Cr-5Mo
ipe 47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
ipe 40Ni-29Cr-15Fe-5Mo
ipe 49Ni-25Cr-18Fe-6Mo
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
(Continued)
45 ASTM B 515 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [520/205] Welded T
45 ASTM B 515 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [450/170] Welded T
45 ASTM B 515 Alloy 800HT N08811 — 65/25 [450/170] Welded T
45 ASTM B 516 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Welded T
45 ASTM B 517 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Welded P
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 45 N06045 — 90/35 [620/240] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 31 N08031 — 94/40 [650/276] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy HR-120 N08120 — 90/40 [621/276] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy AL6XN N08367 — 95/45 [655/310] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 800 N08800 — 75/30 [517/207] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 800H N08810 — 65/25 [448/172] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 800HT N08811 — 65/25 [448/172] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 825 N08825 — 85/35 [586/241] Forging
45 ASTM B 564 Alloy 33 R20033 — 109/55 [750/380] Forging
45 ASTM B 572 Alloy HS 556 R30556 — 100/45 [690/310] Rod
45 ASTM B 581 Alloy G N06007 ≥ 5/16 to ≤ 3/4
[≥ 8 to ≤ 19]
90/35 [621/241] Rod
45 ASTM B 581 Alloy G N06007 > 3/4 to ≤ 3.5
[> 19to ≤ 89]
85/30 [586/207] Rod
45 ASTM B 581 Alloy G-30 N06030 — 85/35 [586/241] Rod
45 ASTM B 581 Alloy G-2 N06975 — 85/32 [586/221] Rod
45 ASTM B 581 Alloy G-3 N06985 ≥ 5/16 to ≤ 3/4
[≥ 8 to ≤ 19]
90/35 [621/241] Rod
45 ASTM B 581 Alloy G-3 N06985 > 3/4 to ≤ 3.5
[> 19 to ≤ 89]
85/30 [586/207] Rod
45 ASTM B 582 Alloy G N06007 ≥ 3/16 to ≤ 3/4
[≥ 5 to ≤ 19]
90/35 [621/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 582 Alloy G N06007 > 3/4 to ≤ 2.5
[> 19 to ≤ 63]
85/30 [586/207] Plate
45 ASTM B 582 Alloy G-30 N06030 — 85/35 [586/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 582 Alloy G-2 N06975 — 85/32 [586/221] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 582 Alloy G-3 N06985 ≥ 3/16 to ≤ 3/4
[≥ 5 to ≤ 19]
90/35 [621/241] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 582 Alloy G-3 N06985 > 3/4 to ≤ 2.5
[> 19 to ≤ 63]
85/30 [586/207] Plate
45 ASTM B 599 Alloy 700 N08700 — 80/35 [550/240] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy G N06007 — 90/35 [621/241] Welded P
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy G-30 N06030 — 85/35 [586/241] Welded P
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy G-2 N06975 — 85/32 [586/221] Welded P
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
--`,,,```-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
120
ipe 47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mn
ipe 33Fe-31Ni-27Cr-6.5Mo-Cu
ipe 26Ni-22Cr-5Mo-Ti
ipe 33Cr-31.5Ni-32Fe-1.2Mo
ipe 30Fe-21Ni-22Cr-18Co-3Mo-
3W
nd Strip 26Ni-22Cr-5Mo-Ti
26Ni-22Cr-5Mo-Ti
and Tube 47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
and Tube 40Ni-29Cr-15Fe-5Mo
and Tube 52Ni-21.5Cr-14Fe-11Mo
and Tube 49.5Ni-24.5Cr-16Fe-7.5Mo
and Tube 49Ni-25Cr-18Fe-6Mo
and Tube 47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mn
and Tube 33Fe-31Ni-27Cr-6.5Mo-Cu
and Tube 36Fe-35.5Ni-22Cr-4.5Mo-
0.5W
and Tube 26Ni-22Cr-5Mo-Ti
and Tube 37Fe-32.7Ni-25.5Cr-3.2Mo
and Tube 33Cr-31.5Ni-32Fe-1.2Mo
and Tube 30Fe-21Ni-22Cr-18Co-3Mo-
3W
nd Strip 33Fe-31Ni-27Cr-6.5Mo-Cu
nd Strip 44Fe-25Ni-21Cr-Mo
nd Strip 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Strip 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
42Fe-25Ni-25Cr-5.2Mo-1.5Cu
nd Strip 33Cr-31.5Ni-32Fe-1.2Mo
ube 47Ni-22Cr-19Fe-6Mo
ube 40Ni-29Cr-15Fe-5Mo
ube 49Ni-25Cr-18Fe-6Mo-Ti
ube 47Ni-22Cr-20Fe-7Mo-2Cu
ube 33Fe-26Ni-22Cr-5Mo-Ti
33Fe-31Ni-27Cr-6.5Mo-Cu
44Fe-25Ni-21Cr-Mo
25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
33Cr-31.5Ni-32Fe-1.2Mo
tion
 Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy G-3 N06985 — 90/35 [621/241] Welded P
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy 31 N08031 — 94/40 [650/276] Welded P
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy 20 Mod. N08320 — 75/28 [517/193] Welded P
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy 33 R20033 — 109/55 [752/380] Welded P
45 ASTM B 619 Alloy HS 556 R30556 — 100/45 [690/310] Welded P
45 ASTM B 620 Alloy 20 Mod. N08320 — 75/28 [517/193] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 621 Alloy 20 Mod. N08320 — 75/28 [517/193] Rod
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy G N06007 — 90/35 [621/241] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy G-30 N06030 — 85/35 [586/241] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy SM2050 N06250 — 90/35 [621/241] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy SM2550 N06255 — 85/32 [586/221] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy G-2 N06975 — 85/32 [586/221] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy G-3 N06985 — 90/35 [621/241] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy 31 N08031 — 94/40 [650/276] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy 2035 N08135 — 73/31 [503/214] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy 20 Mod. N08320 — 75/28 [517/193] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 N08535 — 73/31 [503/214] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy 33 R20033 — 109/55 [750/380] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 622 Alloy HS 556 R30556 — 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe 
45 ASTM B 625 Alloy 31 N08031 — 94/40 [650/276] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 625 Alloy 904L N08904 — 71/31 [490/215] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 625 Alloy 1925 N08925 — 87/43 [600/295] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 625 Alloy 926 N08926 — 94/43 [650/295] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 625 Alloy UR-SB-8 N08932 — 87/44 [600/305] Plate
45 ASTM B 625 Alloy 33 R20033 — 109/55 [750/380] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 626 Alloy G N06007 — 90/35 [621/241] Welded T
45 ASTM B 626 Alloy G-30 N06030 — 85/35 [586/241] Welded T
45 ASTM B 626 Alloy G-2 N06975 — 85/32 [586/221] Welded T
45 ASTM B 626 Alloy G-3 N06985 — 90/35 [621/241] Welded T
45 ASTM B 626 Alloy 20 Mod. N08320 — 75/28 [517/193] Welded T
45 ASTM B 649 Alloy 31 N08031 — 94/40 [650/270] Bar
45 ASTM B 649 Alloy 904L N08904 — 71/31 [490/220] Bar
45 ASTM B 649 Alloy 1925 N08925 — 87/43 [600/300] Bar
45 ASTM B 649 Alloy 926 N08926 — 94/43 [650/295] Bar
45 ASTM B 649 Alloy 33 R20033 — 109/55 [750/380] Bar
Table I-1 (Continued)
Grouping of Base Metals by M-Number for Procedure Qualifica
M-No. 
(Material
Number) Std.
Base Metal 
Specification
Type, Grade, or
Alloy Designation
UNS
No.
Thickness or 
Diameter 
Limitations, in. [mm]
As Welded Minimum 
Tensile/Yield, Strength, 
ksi [MPa] Type of Base
A
W
S
 D
14.6/D
14.6M
:2005
121
ube 31Ni-31Fe-29Cr-Mo
nd Strip Ni-Fe-Cr-Cb
47Fe-25Ni-21Cr-4.6Mo-Cb
ipe 44Fe-25Ni-21Cr-Mo
ipe 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ipe 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ube 44Fe-25Ni-21Cr-Mo
ube 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ube 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ipe 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ipe 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ube 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ube 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Tube 44Fe-25Ni-21Cr-Mo
nd Tube 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Tube 25Ni-20Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Strip 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo
nd Strip 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Strip 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Tube 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo
nd Tube 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
nd Tube 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ars 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo
ars 46Fe-24Ni-21Cr-6Mo-Cu-N
ube 42Ni-30Fe-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
ipe 42Ni-30Fe-21.5Cr-3Mo-2.3Cu
nd Strip 31Ni-31Fe-29Cr-Mo
nd Strip 46Ni-21.7Cr-18.5Fe-9Mo-
1.5W
50 Min.-Ni-20Cr-17.5Fe-9Mo
apes 42Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
apes 43Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
nd Tube 42Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
nd Tube 43Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
nd Strip 42Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
nd Strip 43Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
ipe 42Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
ipe 43Fe-35.5Ni-18.5Cr-1Si
tion
Metal Nominal Composition
C
opyright A
m
erican W
elding S
ociety 
P
rovided by IH
S
 under license w
ith A
W
S
N
ot for R
esale
N
o reproduction or netw
orking perm
itted w
ithout license from
 IH
S
-
-
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
(Continued)
45 ASTM B 668 Alloy 28 N08028 — 73/31 [500/214] Seamless T
45 ASTM B 670 Alloy 718 N07718 — 180/150 [1241/1034] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 672 Alloy 700 N08700 — 80/35 [550/240] Bar
45 ASTM B 673 Alloy 904L N08904 — 71/31 [490/220] Welded P
45 ASTM B 673 Alloy 1925 N08925 — 87/43 [600/300] Welded P
45 ASTM B 673 Alloy 926 N08926 — 94/43 [650/295] Welded P
45 ASTM B 674 Alloy 904L N08904 — 71/31 [490/220] Welded T
45 ASTM B 674 Alloy 1925 N08925 — 87/43 [600/295] Welded T
45 ASTM B 674 Alloy 926 N08926 — 94/43 [650/295] Welded T
45 ASTM B 675 Alloy AL6XN N08367 ≤ 3/16 [5] 100/45 [690/310] Welded P
45 ASTM B 675 Alloy AL6XN N08367 > 3/16 [5] 95/45 [655/310] Welded P
45 ASTM B 676 Alloy AL6XN N08367 ≤ 3/16 [5] 100/45 [690/310] Welded T
45 ASTM B 676 Alloy AL6XN N08367 > 3/16 [5] 95/45 [655/310] Welded T
45 ASTM B 677 Alloy 904L N08904 — 71/31 [490/220] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 677 Alloy 1925 N08925 — 87/43 [600/300] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 677 Alloy 926 N08926 — 94/43 [650/295] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 688 Alloy AL6X N08366 — 75/35 [515/240] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 688 Alloy AL6XN N08367 ≤ 3/16 [5] 100/45 [690/310] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 688 Alloy AL6XN N08367 > 3/16 [5] 95/45 [655/310] Plate, Sheet, a
45 ASTM B 690 Alloy AL6X N08366 — 75/30 [517/206] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 690 Alloy AL6XN N08367 ≤ 3/16 [5] 100/45 [690/310] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 690 Alloy AL6XN N08367 > 3/16 [5] 95/45 [655/310] Seamless Pipe a
45 ASTM B 691 Alloy AL6X N08366 — 75/30 [517/206] Rods and B
45 ASTM B 691 Alloy AL6XN N08367 — 95/45 [655/310] Rods and B
45 ASTM B 704 Alloy 825 N08825